Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Grocery Stores / Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.

Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.

ngvc · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker ngvc
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Grocery Stores
Employees 3332
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
NATURAL GROCERS BY VITAMIN COTTAGE, INC.

2020 ANNUAL REPORT

Green Valley Ranch, CO

OUR 5 FOUNDING PRINCIPLES

1.  NUTRITION EDUCATION

2. HIGHEST QUALITY PRODUCTS

3. ALWAYS AFFORDABLE

SM

 PRICING

4. COMMITMENT TO OUR COMMUNITIES

5. COMMITMENT TO OUR good4uSM CREW

NATURAL GROCERS BY VITAMIN COTTAGE, INC.

2020 ANNUAL REPORT

$1,200

1,100
1,000
900

800
700

600

500
400

300

200

100

0

NET SALES (IN MILLIONS)

$705

$769

$849

$904

$1,037

FY 2016

FY 2017

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

DAILY AVERAGE COMPARABLE STORE SALES GROWTH

12%

11
10
9

8
7

6

5
4

3

2

1

0

1.4%

0.1%

5.8%

3.1%

12.0%

FY 2016

FY 2017

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

WE OPERATE 159 STORES IN 20 STATES*

4
14

3

4

3

4

9

12

2

41

5

3
8
6

25

1

6

5

3
1

*as of September 30, 2020

2020 ANNUAL REPORT

DEAR FELLOW STOCKHOLDERS:

Fiscal  2020  was  an  unprecedented  year.  The  COVID-19  pandemic  presented 
many challenges and affected everyone’s daily life. We are extremely proud of 
how Natural Grocers responded to support our customers and communities. We 
adapted quickly with robust safety measures that met or exceeded government 
mandates to support both our customers and Crew members. We also maintained 
our  focus  on  our  founding  principles  to  deliver  the  highest  quality  natural 
and  organic  products.  Our  rapid  response  resonated  with  our  customers  and 
contributed to a record setting year. During fiscal 2020, Natural Grocers achieved 
over $1 billion in net sales for the first time and delivered our 17th consecutive 
year of positive comparable store sales growth.

Net sales increased 14.7% with a daily average comparable store sales growth of 
12.0%. The net sales performance combined with margin enhancement allowed 
us  to  achieve  65.5%  growth  in  operating  income,  112.5%  growth  in  net  income, 
and diluted earnings per share of $0.89 compared to $0.42 in the prior year. These 
strong  profit  gains  came  despite  incremental  costs  associated  with  operating 
during the pandemic and enhanced support for our valued good4u Crew. 

In November 2020 we were pleased to announce the declaration of a $2.00 per share 
special dividend, which was paid in December. The special dividend illustrates 
our continued commitment to driving enhanced shareholder value.  It also reflects 
our strong financial position, robust operating cash flow and confidence in our 
business outlook. We believe Natural Grocers has the operational and financial 
resources and positioning to continue to drive growth and market share. 

As  we  navigated  the  challenges  of  the  pandemic,  we  continued  to  execute  our 
strategies for sales growth, unit expansion and operational enhancements. In fiscal 
2020, we opened six new stores, relocated one store, added over 50 new products 
to our premium private brand offering, leveraged our {N}power loyalty program 
and delivered strong margin improvement. A key driver of profit growth was our 
strategy of balancing new store expansion with a focus on enhancing existing 
store  operations.  Our  success  during  fiscal  2020  and  throughout  our  history 
reflects our unwavering commitment to our founding principles. We demonstrate 
this  commitment  each  day  by  offering  only  the  highest  quality  products,  at 
Always  AffordableSM  prices,  while  providing  science-based  nutrition  education, 
and  supporting  our  communities  and  our  good4u  Crew.  Our  commitment  to 
empowering  our  customers  to  live  healthier  lives  could  not  be  more  relevant 
in today’s environment. Our convenient, safe and clean shopping environment 
has resonated with the current safety concerns of consumers. Natural Grocers is 
leading by example and has built a sustainable and differentiated business. 

As we enter fiscal 2021, we are prepared to effectively operate in the challenging 
environment created by the COVID-19 pandemic. We are dedicated to supporting 
our  customers,  communities  and  devoted  Crew.  We  remain  committed  to  our 
founding principles and shareholders. We are proud of our accomplishments and 
confident in our future outlook. 

CO-PRESIDENT

CO-PRESIDENT

This page intentionally left blank

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
Form 10-K 
☒     ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2020 
OR 
☐     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 001-35608 

Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

45-5034161 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) 

12612 West Alameda Parkway 
Lakewood, Colorado 80228 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, $0.001 par value 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

(303) 986-4600 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 
Trading symbol  
NGVC 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and 
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit 
such files).  Yes ☒ No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting 
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” 
and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
Large accelerated filer ☐ 
Non-accelerated filer ☐ 

Accelerated filer ☒ 
Smaller reporting company ☒ 
Emerging growth company ☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ 
Based on the closing price of the registrant’s common stock on March 31, 2020, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-

voting common stock held by non-affiliates was $72,219,698. 

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value, outstanding as of December 7, 2020 was 22,563,649. 

The information required by Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated by reference 
from the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2021 Annual Meeting of the Stockholders, which will be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after September 30, 2020. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2020 

Table of Contents 

Page 
Number 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

Item 5. 
Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 
Item 13. 
Item 14. 

PART I 
Business ...................................................................................................................................................................... 
Risk Factors ................................................................................................................................................................. 
Unresolved Staff Comments........................................................................................................................................ 
Properties .................................................................................................................................................................... 
Legal Proceedings ....................................................................................................................................................... 
Mine Safety Disclosures .............................................................................................................................................. 

PART II 
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities ... 
Selected Financial Data ............................................................................................................................................... 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ....................................... 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ..................................................................................... 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ........................................................................................................... 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ...................................... 
Controls and Procedures .............................................................................................................................................. 
Other Information ........................................................................................................................................................ 

PART III 
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ........................................................................................... 
Executive Compensation ............................................................................................................................................. 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ..................... 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ............................................................. 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services ...................................................................................................................... 

Item 15. 

PART IV 
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ..................................................................................................................... 

1 
17 
40 
41 
41 
41 

42 
43 
46 
58 
59 
87 
87 
87 

88 
88 
88 
88 
88 

89 

SIGNATURES .................................................................................................................................................................................. 

92 

i 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
This page intentionally left blank

Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated: (i) all references herein to ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘us,’’ ‘‘our,’’ 
‘‘Natural Grocers’’ or the “Company’’ refer collectively to Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries 
and (ii) all references to a “fiscal year” refer to a year beginning on October 1 of the previous year and ending on September 30 of such 
year (for example “fiscal year 2020” refers to the year from October 1, 2019 to September 30, 2020). 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (this  Form 10-K)  includes  forward-looking statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private 
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 in addition to historical information. These forward-looking statements are included throughout 
this Form 10-K, including in the sections entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations.” All statements that are not statements of historical fact, including those that relate to matters such as 
our industry, business strategy, goals and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, capital 
expenditures, liquidity and capital resources, future growth, pending legal proceedings and other financial and operating information, are 
forward looking statements. We may use the words “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” 
“may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “future,” “target” and similar terms and phrases to identify forward-looking statements in 
this Form 10-K. 

The forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to 
uncertainty  and  changes  in  circumstances.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  future  developments  affecting  us  will  be  those  that  we  have 
anticipated.  Actual results  may differ  materially  from  these expectations  due  to changes  in  global,  national,  regional  or local  political, 
economic, business, competitive, market, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, our actual results 
could  differ  materially  from  the  forward-looking  statements  in  this  Form  10-K  due  to  risks  and  challenges  related  to  the  COVID-19 
pandemic and the resulting government mandates, including: the length of time that the COVID-19 pandemic continues; the inability of 
customers to shop due to illness or quarantine, isolation or stay-at-home orders; shifts in demand to more online shopping or to lower-
priced or other perceived value offerings; the temporary inability of our employees to work due to illness; temporary store closures due to 
infections at our stores or government mandates; stay-at-home measures, safety directives and operating requirements imposed by local, 
state or federal governmental authorities; the extent and duration of the economic recession resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic and 
government mandates, including its impact on consumer spending, the unemployment rate, interest rates and inflationary and deflationary 
trends; disruptions in the production of the products we sell; disruptions in the delivery of products to our stores; increased operating costs; 
and  the  extent  and  effectiveness  of  any  COVID-19-related  stimulus  packages  implemented  by  the  federal  and  state  governments.  We 
believe that these factors include those described in “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should 
any of our assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking 
statements. 

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Form 10-K speaks only as of the date of this report. Factors or events that 
could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no 
obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, 
except as may be required by applicable securities laws. You are advised, however, to consult any disclosures we may make in our future 
reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC). Our reports and other filings with the SEC are available at the SEC’s 
website  at  www.sec.gov.  Our  reports  and  other  filings  with  the  SEC  are  also  available,  free  of  charge,  through  our  website  at 
www.naturalgrocers.com. 

PART I 

Item 1. Business. 

General 

Natural  Grocers  is  an  expanding  specialty  retailer  of  natural  and  organic  groceries  and  dietary  supplements.  We  focus  on 
providing high-quality products at affordable prices, exceptional customer service, nutrition education and community outreach. We strive 
to generate long-term relationships with our customers based on transparency and trust by: 

● 

● 

● 

selling only natural and organic groceries, body care products and dietary supplements that meet our strict quality guidelines 
- we do not approve for sale grocery products that are known to contain artificial colors, flavors, preservatives or sweeteners
or partially hydrogenated or hydrogenated oils; 

utilizing an efficient and flexible smaller-store format to offer affordable prices and a shopper-friendly, safe and convenient 
retail environment; 

enhancing our customers’ shopping experience by providing free science-based nutrition education to help our customers
make well-informed health and nutrition choices; and 

● 

incorporating principles of ecological sustainability into our product standards and Company practices. 

1 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our History and Founding Principles 

Our founders, Margaret and Philip Isely, were early proponents of the connection between health and the use of natural and 
organic products and dietary supplements. In the mid-1950’s, Margaret transformed her health and the health of her family by applying 
concepts and principles she learned from books on nutrition. This inspired the Iselys to provide the same type of nutrition education to their 
community. The Iselys started by lending books on nutrition and providing samples of whole grain bread door-to-door in Golden, Colorado 
and subsequently concluded they could develop a viable business that would also improve their customers’ wellbeing. Over time, they 
fostered relationships through nutrition education and began taking orders for dietary supplements, whole grain bread and unprocessed 
foods. As their customers gained more knowledge about nutrition, they were empowered to make changes to their diets with the objective 
of supporting their health. Using this model as the foundation for their business, the Iselys opened their first store in 1958. 

We are committed to maintaining the following founding principles, which have helped foster our growth: 

●  Nutrition  Education.  We  provide  nutrition  education  in  the  communities  we  serve.  Empowering  our  customers  and  our 
employees (or our Crew members) to take charge of their lives and their health is the foundation upon which our business
is built. 

●  Quality. Every product on our shelves must go through a rigorous screening and approval process. Our mission includes
providing  the  highest  quality  groceries  and  supplements,  Natural  Grocers  branded  products  and  only  United  States
Department of Agriculture (USDA) certified organic, fresh produce. 

●  Always Affordable PriceSM. We work hard to secure the best possible prices on all of our customers’ favorite natural and
organic foods and supplements. We believe everyone should be able to afford to help take care of their health by buying 
high-quality competitively priced natural and organic products. 

●  Community. From free nutrition education lectures, to bag-free checkouts, to sourcing local products, to our fundraising and

donation programs, we strive to serve the communities that help shape our world. 

●  Our Crew members. Our Crew members make our Company great. We work hard to ensure that our Crew members are able
to  live  a  healthy,  balanced  lifestyle.  We  support  them  with  free  nutrition  education  programs,  good  pay  and  excellent
benefits. 

In  1998,  the  second  generation of  the  Isely  family,  including  Kemper  Isely,  Zephyr  Isely,  Heather  Isely  and Elizabeth  Isely, 
purchased our predecessor and the Vitamin Cottage® trademark and assumed control of the business. Since then, we have grown our store 
count from 11 stores in Colorado to 159 stores in 20 states as of September 30, 2020. We have also implemented numerous organizational 
and  operational improvements that  have enhanced  our ability to  scale  our  operations. We  believe  that  by  staying  true to  our  founding 
principles,  we  have  been  able  to  continue  to  attract  new  customers,  extend  our  geographic  reach  and  further  solidify  our  competitive 
position. 

Our Markets 

We operate within the natural products retail industry, which is a subset of the United States grocery industry and the dietary 
supplement business. This industry includes conventional supermarkets, natural, gourmet and specialty food markets, domestic and foreign-
based mass  and discount  retailers,  warehouse clubs,  independent  health  food  stores,  dietary  supplement  retailers,  drug  stores,  farmers’ 
markets, food co-ops, online retailers, meal delivery services and multi-level marketers. Industry-wide sales of natural and organic foods 
and dietary supplements have grown over the past several years, and we believe that growth will continue for the foreseeable future. 

2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We believe the growth in sales of natural and organic foods and dietary supplements continues to be driven by numerous factors, 

including: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

greater consumer focus on high-quality nutritional products; 

an increased awareness of the importance of good nutrition to long-term wellness; 

increased awareness by consumers of the importance of building and maintaining a strong immune system to mitigate health
risks; 

an aging United States population seeking to support healthy aging; 

heightened consumer awareness about the importance of food quality and a desire to avoid toxic residues, hormones, growth
promoters, artificial ingredients and genetically engineered ingredients in foods; 

concerns regarding antibiotic resistance caused by industrial livestock production practices; 

growing consumer concerns over the use of harmful chemical additives in body care and household cleaning supplies; 

●  well-established natural and organic brands, which generate additional industry awareness and credibility with consumers; 

● 

● 

the growth in the number of consumers with unique dietary requirements as a result of allergies, chemical sensitivities, auto-
immune disorders and other conditions; and 

concerns about the cumulative environmental impact of relying on non-renewable resources and the effects on the global
climate of carbon release from conventional agriculture. 

Our Competitive Strengths 

We  believe  we  are  well-positioned  to  capitalize  on  favorable  natural  and  organic  grocery  and  dietary  supplement  industry 

dynamics as a result of the following competitive strengths: 

Strict focus on high-quality natural and organic grocery products and dietary supplements. We offer high-quality products and 
brands, including an extensive selection of widely recognized natural and organic food, dietary supplements, body care products, pet care 
products and  books.  We  offer  our  customers  an  average  of approximately  21,000  Stock  Keeping  Units  (SKUs)  of  natural and  organic 
products  per  comparable  store  (stores  open  for  13  months  or  longer),  including  an  average  of  approximately  6,700  SKUs  of  dietary 
supplements. We believe our broad product offering enables our customers to shop our stores for substantially all of their grocery and 
dietary supplement purchases. In our grocery departments, we only sell USDA certified organic produce and do not approve for sale grocery 
products that are known to contain artificial colors, flavors, preservatives or sweeteners or partially hydrogenated or hydrogenated oils. In 
addition, we only sell pasture-raised, non-confinement dairy products, free-range eggs (i.e., from chickens that are not only cage-free but 
also provided with sufficient space to move) and naturally raised meats (i.e., from animals that are not known to have been treated with 
antibiotics, hormones or growth promoters, or fed animal by-products). Consistent with this strategy, our product selection does not include 
items that do not meet our strict quality guidelines. Our store managers enhance our robust product offering by customizing their stores’ 
selections to address the preferences of local customers. All products undergo a stringent review process to ensure the products we sell 
meet our strict quality guidelines, which we believe helps us generate long-term relationships with our customers based on transparency 
and trust. 

Engaging  customer  service  experience  based  on  education  and  empowerment.  We  strive  to  offer  consistently  exceptional 
customer service in a shopper-friendly, safe and convenient environment, which we believe creates a differentiated shopping experience, 
enhances customer loyalty and generates repeat visits from our clientele. A key aspect of our customer service model is to provide free 
nutrition education to our customers. We believe this focus provides an engaging retail experience while also empowering our customers 
to make informed decisions about their health. We offer our science-based nutrition education through our trained Crew members, our 
Health Hotline® magazine, community outreach programs, one-on-one nutrition health coaching, nutrition classes, cooking demonstrations 
and our website. Our commitment to nutrition education and customer empowerment is emphasized throughout our entire organization, 
from executive management to store Crew members. Every store also maintains a Nutritional Health Coach (NHC) position. The NHC is 
responsible for educating our customers about good nutrition and for training our store employees on how to assist customers in compliance 
with applicable local, state and federal regulations. Each NHC must have earned a degree or certificate in nutrition or a related field from 
an accredited school, complete continuing education in nutrition, and be thoroughly committed to fulfilling our mission. Substantially all 
of our NHCs are full-time Crew members. We believe our NHC position represents a key element of our customer service model. 

3 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Scalable operations and replicable, cost-effective store model. We believe our scalable operating structure, attractive new store 
model, flexible real estate strategy and disciplined approach to new store development allow us to maximize store performance and continue 
to grow our store base. Our store model has been successful in highly competitive markets and has supported significant growth outside of 
our original Colorado geography. We believe our supply chain and infrastructure are scalable and will accommodate growth based on the 
ability  of  our  primary  distribution  relationships  to  effectively  service  our  planned  store  locations.  Our  investments  in  overhead  and 
information  technology  infrastructure,  including  purchasing,  receiving,  inventory,  point  of  sale,  warehousing,  distribution,  accounting, 
reporting and financial systems, support this growth. We also have a comprehensive human resources information and learning management 
system (HRIS) to further support the scalability of our operations. In addition, we have established effective site selection guidelines, as 
well as scalable procedures, to enable us to open a new store within approximately nine months from the time of lease execution. The 
smaller-store footprint made possible by our limited offering of prepared foods reduces real estate costs, labor costs and perishable inventory 
shrink and allows us to leverage our new store opening costs. 

Commitment to sustainable products and practices. We have put in place product standards for dairy, eggs, meat, seafood and 
produce that support sustainable and ecologically responsible production methods. We believe our standards help to enhance the health of 
our  customers,  promote  animal  welfare,  reduce  antibiotic  resistance  and  protect  the  environment.  We  have  also  instituted  measures  to 
eliminate  food  waste,  divert  usable  products  to  food  banks,  reduce  single  use  plastic  bags  and  reduce  the  use  of  toxic  pesticides  and 
antimicrobial products. We believe these efforts reflect our commitment to corporate social responsibility and demonstrate our support for 
sustainable regenerative agricultural practices. 

Experienced and committed management team with proven track record. Our executive management team has an average of 35 
years of experience in the natural grocery industry, while our entire management team has an average of 30 years of relevant experience. 
Since the second generation of the Isely family assumed control of the business in 1998, we have grown our store count from 11 stores to 
159  stores  as  of  September  30,  2020  by  remaining  dedicated  to  our  founding  principles.  Over  their  tenure,  members  of  our  executive 
management team have been instrumental in establishing a successful, scalable operating model, generating consistently strong financial 
results and developing an effective site selection and store opening process. The depth of our management experience extends beyond our 
home office. As of September 30, 2020, approximately 54% of our store managers at comparable stores had tenures of over four years with 
us, and our store and department managers at these stores had average tenures of over four years with us. In addition, we have a track record 
of promoting store management personnel from within. We believe our management’s experience at all levels will allow us to continue to 
grow our store base while maintaining operational excellence by driving efficiencies in store and back room operations, managing inventory 
levels and focusing on exceptional customer service. 

Our Growth Strategies 

We are pursuing several strategies to continue our profitable growth, including: 

Expand our store base. We intend to continue expanding our store base through new store openings in existing markets, as well 
as penetrating new markets, by leveraging our core competencies of site selection and efficient store openings. In each of fiscal years 2020 
and 2019, we opened six new stores and we plan to open five to six new stores in fiscal year 2021, of which one opened during the first 
quarter of fiscal year 2021 prior to the filing of this Form 10-K. We have signed leases for an additional three new stores which we expect 
to open in fiscal years 2021 and beyond. 

Store locations as of September 30, 2020.  

4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Increase sales from existing customers. In order to increase our average ticket and the number of customer transactions, we plan 
to continue offering an engaging customer experience by providing science-based nutrition education and a differentiated merchandising 
strategy that delivers affordable, high-quality natural and organic grocery products and dietary supplements. We also plan to continue to 
utilize  targeted  marketing  efforts  to  reach  our  existing  customers,  including  through  the  {N}power®  customer  loyalty  program 
({N}power®), which we anticipate will drive customer transactions, increase the average ticket and convert occasional, single-category 
customers into core, multi-category customers. 

Grow our customer base. We plan to continue building our brand awareness, which we anticipate will grow our customer base. 
During fiscal year 2020, the measures we took that were aimed at enhancing our brand awareness included: (i) implementing marketing 
outreach efforts to inform customers of the health and safety measures we have implemented to protect the wellbeing of our customers and 
Crew members in response to the COVID-19 pandemic; (ii) featuring new {N}power promotions to highlight affordable family meals; (iii) 
utilizing {N}power to identify and send personalized offers to our customers; (iv) implementing significant design changes to enhance our 
monthly Health Hotline magazine; (v) organizing month-long topical special promotions; (vi) expanding our social media reach through 
increased investment in paid and organic placements on platforms such as Facebook, Twitter and Instagram; (vii) conducting television, 
radio, outdoor advertising and targeted direct mail campaigns in select markets; and (viii) continuation of home delivery services. We 
believe offering nutrition education has historically been one of our most effective marketing strategies for reaching new customers and 
increasing the demand for natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements in our markets. To maximize their impact, we encourage 
our NHCs to focus on relationship-building opportunities in our communities and with our customers, including promotions, educational 
cooking events, lectures and classes in our stores. Additionally, we seek to attract new customers by enhancing their nutrition knowledge 
through the distribution of printed and digital versions of our broad range of educational resources, including the Health Hotline magazine. 
In addition to offering nutrition education, our strategy is to attract new customers with our Always Affordable Price and to build community 
awareness through our support of local vendors and charities. 

Improve operating margins. We expect to continue our focus on improving our operating margins as we benefit from investments 
we have made or are making in fixed overhead and technology. We anticipate these investments will support our long-term growth strategy. 
To improve operating margins, we also intend to further optimize performance, maintain appropriate store labor levels, reduce inventory 
shrink and effectively manage product selection and pricing. In addition, we expect to achieve greater economies of scale through sourcing 
and distribution as we add more stores. 

Our Stores 

Our stores offer a comprehensive selection of natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements in a smaller-store format 
that aims to provide a convenient, easily shopped and safe environment for our customers. Our store design emphasizes a clutter-free, 
organized feel, a quiet ambience accented with warm lighting and the absence of aromas from meat and seafood counters present in many 
of our competitors’ stores. We believe our core customers consider us a destination stop for their nutritional education and information, 
natural and organic products and dietary supplements. 

Our Store Format. Our stores range from approximately 5,000 to 16,000 selling square feet, and average approximately 11,000 
selling  square  feet.  In  fiscal  year  2020,  our  six  new  stores  and  one  relocation  averaged  approximately  10,000  selling  square  feet. 
Approximately one quarter of our stores’ selling square footage is dedicated to dietary supplements. Most of our stores also include a 
dedicated  community  room  available  for  public  gatherings,  a  demonstration  kitchen  for  cooking  education  and/or  lecture  space.  Our 
comparable  stores  sell  an  average  of  approximately  21,000  SKUs  of  natural  and  organic  products  per  store,  including  an  average  of 
approximately 6,700 SKUs of dietary supplements. Set out below is the layout for our new stores: 

5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Site Selection. Our real estate strategy is adaptable to a variety of market conditions. When selecting locations for new stores, we 
use  analytical  models,  based  on research  provided  by  The  Buxton  Company and  our  extensive  experience, to identify  promising  store 
locations. We typically locate new stores in prime locations which offer easy customer access and high visibility. Many of our stores are 
near other supermarkets or gourmet food retailers, and we complement their conventional product offerings with high-quality, affordable 
natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements in an efficient and convenient retail setting. Our model for selecting viable new store 
locations incorporates factors such as target demographics, community characteristics, nearby retail activity and other measures and is 
based on first-hand observation of the community’s characteristics surrounding each site. We have Crew members dedicated to opening 
new stores efficiently and quickly, typically within approximately nine months from the time of lease execution. 

Store-Level Economics. Our new stores typically require an average upfront capital investment of approximately $2.2 million, 
consisting of capital expenditures of approximately $1.7 million, net of tenant allowances, initial inventory of approximately $0.3 million, 
net of payables, and pre-opening expenses of approximately $0.2 million. We target approximately five years to recoup our initial net cash 
investments and approximately 30% cash-on-cash returns by the end of the sixth year following the opening. Our actual payback period 
averages approximately six years. 

Individual new store investment levels and the performance of new store locations may differ widely from originally targeted 
levels and from store-to-store due to competitive considerations and a variety of other factors, and these differences may be material. In 
particular, investments in individual stores, store-level sales, profit margins, payback periods and cash-on-cash return levels are impacted 
by a range of risks and uncertainties beyond our control, including those described under the caption “Risk Factors.” 

Our Focus on Nutrition Education 

Nutrition education is one of our founding principles and is a primary focus for all Crew members. We believe our emphasis on 

science-based nutrition education differentiates us from our competitors and creates a unique shopping experience for our customers. 

Our NHCs are a core element of our nutrition education program. Every store has a NHC position to educate customers and train 
Crew members on nutrition. NHCs must have earned a degree or certificate in nutrition or a related field from an accredited school, complete 
continuing education in nutrition, and be thoroughly committed to fulfilling our mission. To educate and empower customers to make 
informed nutrition choices, our NHCs are available for complimentary one-on-one nutrition health coaching sessions. Each NHC is also 
responsible for various relationship-building opportunities in our communities and with our customers, including educational activities 
such as nutrition classes, lectures, seminars, health fairs and store tours. To maximize the impact of our NHCs, we stress the importance of 
their focusing on in-store educational events, offering health coaching sessions and holding nutrition classes in the community by partnering 
with school, municipal and corporate wellness programs. During fiscal year 2020, while our NHCs suspended in-person health coaching 
sessions, community nutrition classes and in-store education events in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we offered remote nutrition 
education  and  cooking  classes  to  customers  through  virtual  platforms.  We  believe  that  our  NHCs’  focus  on  relationship-building 
opportunities in our communities and with our customers helps to enhance our marketing and branding initiatives. Additionally, our NHCs 
are an onsite resource for nutrition training and education for our Crew members. Each NHC trains our Crew members to use a compliant 
educational approach to customer service without attempting to diagnose or treat specific conditions or ailments. We believe our NHC 
position is a competitive differentiator and represents a key element of our customer service model. 

Our training and education programs are supplemented by outside experts, online materials and printed handouts. We also use 
our Health Hotline magazine to educate our customers. The Health Hotline magazine, which was published 10 times in fiscal year 2020, 
includes in-depth articles on health and nutrition, along with a selection of sale items. The printed version of the Health Hotline magazine 
is mailed to subscribers and distributed in our stores. In addition, an electronic version of the Health Hotline magazine is distributed to 
subscribers via the internet and posted on our website. 

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our Products  

Product Selection Guidelines. We have a set of strict quality guidelines covering all products we sell. For example: 

●  we  do  not  approve  for  sale  food  known  to  contain  artificial  colors,  flavors,  preservatives  or  sweeteners  or  partially

hydrogenated or hydrogenated oils, regardless of the proportion of its natural or organic ingredients; 

●  we only sell USDA certified organic produce; 

●  we only sell dairy products from pasture-raised, non-confined livestock and only sell eggs from free-range or pastured hens;

●  we only sell meats from naturally raised animals that are not known to have been treated with antibiotics, hormones or

growth promoters, or fed animal by-products; 

●  we only sell seafood from sustainable fisheries or ecologically responsible farm-raised operations; and 

●  we do not sell distilled spirits, tobacco products or e-cigarettes. 

Our product review team analyzes all new products and approves them for sale based on ingredients, price and uniqueness within 
the current product set. We actively research new products in the marketplace through our product vendors, private label manufacturers, 
scientific findings, customer requests and general trends in popular media. Our stores are able to fully merchandise all departments by 
providing an extensive assortment of natural and organic products. We do not believe we need to sell conventional products to fill our 
selection, increase our margins or attract more customers. 

What We Sell. We operate both a full-service natural and organic grocery store and a dietary supplement store within a single 

retail location. The following is a breakdown of our sales mix for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020: 

7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
The products in our stores include: 

●  Grocery. We offer a broad selection of natural and organic grocery products with an emphasis on minimally processed and 
single ingredient products that are not known to contain artificial colors, flavors, preservatives or sweeteners or partially 
hydrogenated or hydrogenated oils. Additionally, we carry a wide variety of products associated with special diets such as 
gluten free, vegetarian and non-dairy. Our grocery products include: 

■ 

■ 

■ 

Produce.  We  sell  only  USDA  certified  organic  produce  and  source  from  local,  organic  producers  whenever 
feasible. Our selection varies based on seasonal availability, and we strive to offer a variety of organic produce 
offerings that are not typically found at conventional food retailers. 

Bulk Food. We sell a wide selection of private label repackaged bulk products, including dried fruits, nuts, grains, 
granolas, teas, herbs and spices. We also sell peanut and almond butters, freshly ground in-store under the Natural 
Grocers brand. 

Natural Grocers Brand Products. We sell an expanding range of Natural Grocers brand private label products, 
including pasta, pasta sauce, ketchup, canned beans and vegetables, frozen vegetables, frozen fruit, bread, plant 
based butter, olive oil, coconut oil, coconut milk, honey, maple syrup, preserves, chocolate, coffee, bacon, beef 
jerky, canned seafood, popcorn, tortilla chips, taco shells, eggs, cheese, apple sauce, apple cider vinegar, spring 
water, paper products, cleaning products, and other products. 

■  Dry,  Frozen  and  Canned  Groceries.  We  offer  a  wide  variety  of  natural  and  organic  dry,  frozen  and  canned 
groceries, including cereals, soups, baby foods, frozen entrees and snack items. We offer a broad selection of 
natural chocolate bars and energy, protein and food bars. 

■  Meats and Seafood. We only offer naturally raised or organic meat products. The naturally raised meat products 
we  offer  come  from  animals  that  are  not  known  to  have  been  treated  with  antibiotics,  hormones  or  growth 
promoters, fed animal by-products or raised in concentrated animal feeding operations. Additionally, we only buy 
from companies we believe employ humane animal-raising practices. Our seafood items are generally frozen at 
the time of processing and sold from our freezer section, thereby ensuring freshness and reducing food spoilage 
and safety issues. The seafood we sell is generally sourced from sustainable fisheries or ecologically responsible 
farm-raised operations and excludes endangered species. 

■  Dairy Products, Dairy Substitutes and Eggs. We offer a broad selection of natural and organic dairy products 
such  as  milk,  cheeses,  yogurts  and  beverages,  as  well  as  eggs  and  non-dairy  substitutes  made  from  almonds, 
coconuts, rice and soy. Our stores sell only pasture-raised, non-confinement dairy products and free-range eggs 
(i.e., from chickens that are not only cage-free but also provided with sufficient space to move). 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

Prepared  Foods.  Our  stores  have  a  convenient  selection  of  refrigerated  prepared  fresh  food  items,  including 
salads, sandwiches, salsa, hummus and wraps. The size of this offering varies by location. 

Bread and Baked Goods. We receive regular deliveries of a wide selection of bakery products for our bakery 
section, which includes an extensive selection of gluten-free items. 

Beverages. We offer a wide variety of beverages containing natural and organic ingredients. We also offer low-
cost,  self-serve  filtered  drinking  water  that  is  dispensed  into  one-gallon  or  larger  containers  provided  by  our 
customers. 

Beer, Wine and Hard Cider. As of September 30, 2020, we sold craft beer, craft hard cider and/or organic and 
biodynamic wine at certain stores in Colorado, Oklahoma and Oregon. In fiscal year 2021, we plan to start selling 
craft  beer,  craft  hard  cider  and/or  organic  and  biodynamic  wine  at  additional  stores  in  Louisiana,  Texas  and 
Oregon. 

●  Dietary  Supplements.  Our  dietary  supplement  department  primarily  sells  name-brand  supplements,  as  well  as  a  line  of 
private label dietary supplements. The department is carefully organized to help both Crew members and customers find 
products efficiently. We generally offer several different formulations and potencies for each type of product in order to 
meet our customers’ varying needs. 

8 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
●  Other. 

■ 

■ 

Body  Care.  We  offer  a  full  range  of  cosmetics,  skin  care,  hair  care,  fragrance  and  personal  care  products 
containing natural and organic ingredients. Our body care offerings range from bargain-priced basics to high-end 
formulations. 

Pet Care. We offer a full line of natural pet care and food products that comply with our human food guidelines. 

■  Household  and  General  Merchandise.  Our  offerings  include  sustainable,  hypo-allergenic  and  fragrance-free 
household  products,  including  cleaning  supplies,  paper  products,  dish  and  laundry  soap  and  other  common 
household products, including diapers. We also offer Natural Grocers branded paper products, cleaning products, 
and other household products. 

■ 

Books and Handouts. We stock approximately 300 titles in each store’s book department. Titles cover various 
approaches to diet, lifestyle and health. Additionally, we offer hundreds of handouts on various health topics and 
dietary supplements to our customers free of charge. 

Quality Assurance. We endeavor to ensure the quality of the products we sell. We work with reputable suppliers we believe are 
compliant with established regulatory and industry guidelines. Our purchasing department requires a complete supplier and product profile 
as  part  of  the  approval  process.  Our  dietary  supplement  suppliers  must  follow  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (FDA)  current  good 
manufacturing  practices  supported  by  quality  assurance  testing  for  both  the  base  ingredients  and  the  finished  product.  We  expect  our 
suppliers to comply with industry best practices for food safety. 

Many  of  our  suppliers  are  inspected  and  certified  under  the  USDA  National  Organic  Program,  through  voluntary  industry 
standards and by other third-party auditing programs with regard to additional ingredients, manufacturing and handling standards. Each 
Natural Grocers store is certified as an organic handler and processor by an accredited USDA certifier in the calendar year after it opens, 
and annually thereafter. We operate all our stores in compliance with the National Organic Program standards, which restrict the use of 
certain substances for cleaning and pest control and require rigorous recordkeeping and methods to prevent co-mingling and contamination, 
among other requirements. 

Our Pricing Strategy 

We have an Always Affordable Price designation on many products, while also providing special sale pricing on hundreds of 
additional items. We believe our pricing strategy allows our customers to shop our stores on a regular basis for their groceries and dietary 
supplements. 

The key elements of our pricing strategy include: 

●  Always Affordable Price throughout our stores; 

● 

● 

● 

● 

heavily advertised Health Hotline deals supported by manufacturer participation; 

discounts offered to {N}power members; 

short term price promotions related to holidays, targeted campaigns and other events; 

in-store specials generally lasting for one month and not advertised outside the store; 

●  managers’ specials, such as clearance, overstock, short-dated or promotional incentives; and 

● 

specials on seasonally harvested produce. 

As  we  continue  to  expand  our  store  base,  we  believe  there  are  opportunities  for  increased  leverage  in  fixed  costs,  such  as 
administrative expenses, as well as increased economies of scale in sourcing products. We strive to keep our product, operating and general 
and administrative costs low, which allows us to continue to offer attractive pricing for our customers. 

9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our Store Operations 

Store Hours. Our stores typically are open from 8:30 a.m. to 9:05 p.m., Monday through Saturday, and from 9:00 a.m. to 8:05 
p.m. on Sunday. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented new store hours to ensure sufficient time to clean and restock. 
Accordingly, our stores currently close at 8:05 p.m. Monday through Saturday and at 7:35 p.m. on Sundays. 

Store Management and Staffing. Our typical store staffing includes a manager and assistant manager, with department managers 
in  each  of  the  dietary  supplement,  grocery,  dairy  and  frozen,  produce,  body  care  and  receiving  departments,  as  well  as  several  non-
management  Crew  members.  Each  store  manager  is  responsible  for  monthly  store  profit  and  loss,  including  labor,  merchandising  and 
inventory costs. We also employ regional managers to oversee all store operations for regions consisting of approximately 10 to 14 stores. 
Each regional manager reports to, and is supported by, a director of store operations and other staff. 

To ensure a high level of service, all employees receive training and guidance on customer service skills, product attributes and 
nutrition education. Crew members are carefully trained and evaluated based on a requirement that they present nutrition information in an 
appropriate and legally compliant educational context while interacting with customers. Additionally, store Crew members are cross-trained 
in various functions, including cashier duties, stocking and receiving product. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, during fiscal year 
2020 we hired additional Crew members to handle increased operational demands at our stores. 

Every store also maintains a NHC position. The NHC is responsible for training our store Crew members and educating our 
customers in accordance with applicable local, state and federal regulations. Each NHC must have earned a degree or certificate in nutrition 
or  a  related  field  from  an  accredited  school,  complete  continuing  education  in  nutrition  and  be  thoroughly  committed  to  fulfilling  our 
mission.  Substantially  all  of  our  NHCs  are  full-time  Crew  members.  The  NHCs  are  overseen  by  Regional  Nutritional  Health  Coach 
Managers. 

Bulk Food Repackaging Facility and Distribution Center. We lease a 150,000 square foot bulk food repackaging facility and 

distribution center located in Golden, Colorado. That facility also houses a training center and certain administrative support functions. 

Inventory. We use a robust merchandise management and perpetual inventory system that values goods at moving average cost. 

We manage most shelf stock based on weeks-on-hand relative to sales, resupply time and minimum economic order quantity. 

Sourcing and Vendors. We source from approximately 1,100 suppliers and offer approximately 3,300 brands. These suppliers 
range from small independent businesses to multi-national conglomerates. As of September 30, 2020, we purchased approximately 77% 
of the goods we sell from our top 20 suppliers. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, approximately 66% of our total purchases 
were from United Natural Foods Inc. and its subsidiaries (UNFI). In fiscal year 2016, we extended our long-term relationship with UNFI 
as our primary supplier of dry grocery and frozen food products through May 31, 2021. In May 2018, we entered into an amendment to 
our agreement with UNFI pursuant to which we appointed Albert’s Organics, a wholly owned subsidiary of UNFI, as our primary supplier 
of organic produce products for the majority of our stores. We maintain good relations with UNFI and believe we have adequate alternative 
supply  methods,  including  self-distribution.  As  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  have  experienced  shortages  and  delays  in  the 
delivery of certain products to our stores. We have taken steps to mitigate these disruptions to our supply chain and such disruptions have 
moderated, although certain products remain in relatively short supply or are unavailable from time to time. 

We have contracts with third-party manufacturers to produce groceries and dietary supplements under the Natural Grocers brand. 
We have longstanding relationships with our suppliers, and we require disclosure from them regarding quality, freshness, potency and 
safety data information. Our bulk food private label products are packaged by us in pre-packed sealed bags to help prevent contamination 
while in transit and in our stores. Unlike most of our competitors, most of our private label nuts, trail mix and flours are refrigerated in our 
warehouse and stores to maintain freshness. 

Our Crew members and Our Approach to Human Capital Resources 

We believe our Crew members make our Company great. We offer benefits, resources and training to our Crew members, and 
support a healthy, balanced lifestyle. We support Crew members wellness through free nutrition education programs, competitive pay and 
benefits and a culture that offers the opportunity to improve the lives of others. As part of our commitment to our founding principles, we 
are focused on the engagement, development, retention, and health and wellbeing of our Crew members. 

As  of  September  30,  2020,  we  employed  3,393  full-time  and  879  part-time  (less  than  30  hours  per  week)  Crew  members, 
including a total of 356 Crew members at our home office and our bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center. None of our Crew 
members  are  subject  to  a  collective  bargaining  agreement.  We  believe  we  have  good  relations  with  our  Crew  members.  We  have  an 
established set of standard operating procedures to manage our human capital management function, including hiring and human resource 
policies, training practices and operational instruction manuals. This allows each store to operate with strict accountability and still maintain 
independence to respond to its unique circumstances. 

10 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Culture and Engagement. Our Company strives to empower healthier communities by cultivating a culture focused on our core 
values, including caring for our customers and Crew members, having fun at work, inclusivity, working with passion, and being authentic. 
Our leadership reinforces our founding principles and core values by providing significant training on these topics to new store managers. 
We have also undertaken a number of initiatives designed to engage our workforce, including conducting an annual employee survey to 
solicit  feedback  from  our  Crew  members, conducting  regular  focus  groups  with  our  store  Crew  members  to  identify  opportunities  for 
process improvement at our stores, and conducting monthly calls with our store leadership to celebrate accomplishments and highlight 
sales initiatives. 

Crew Member Development and Promotion. Investing in the development of our Crew members is an important area of focus to 
ensure  the  sustainability  of  our  business.  We  prioritize  promoting  leaders  from  within  our  organization  and  strive  to  support  career 
development through regular training and leadership development opportunities. During fiscal year 2020, we promoted internal candidates 
to  fill  approximately  100%  of  our  vacant  regional  manager  positions,  45%  of  our  vacant  store  manager  and  assistant  store  manager 
positions, and approximately 60% of our vacant department manager positions. We are committed to inclusion and diversity in our approach 
to hiring and promotion, including among our store management. As of September 30, 2020, approximately 46% of our store managers 
and approximately 51% of our assistant store managers were women. 

We believe that setting Crew members up for success begins with a strong foundation. Our accelerated store manager training 
program  provides  high-potential  store  Crew  members  with  management  training,  including  leadership  skills  and  financial  aspects  of 
management,  equipping  participants  for  potential  management  roles  within  the  Company  upon  completion.  We  provide  all  new  store 
managers and assistant store managers with four weeks of in-person operational and managerial training at our facility in Golden, Colorado. 
We also conduct over 20 hours of virtual and in-person training on an annual basis for our store Crew members covering a wide array of 
topics, including nutrition education, store operations, company culture and values, brand education, safety and compliance. 

Wellness and Benefits. Our Crew members are eligible for health, long-term disability, vision and dental insurance coverage, as 
well as Company paid short-term disability and life insurance benefits, after they meet eligibility requirements. We also provide our Crew 
members  with  access  to  clinical  counseling  resources  through  our  employee  assistance  program.  Additionally,  our  Crew  members  are 
offered a 401(k) retirement savings plan with discretionary contribution matching opportunities. We believe we pay above average retail 
wages. In addition, all Crew members receive in store discounts and earn an additional $1.00 per hour, up to $40 per week, in “Vitamin 
Bucks,” which can be used to purchase products in our stores. It is important to us that our Crew members live a healthy, balanced lifestyle, 
and we believe that the discounts we offer our Crew members and the Vitamin Bucks benefit provide an additional resource for our Crew 
members to purchase natural and organic products. We provide our Crew members with monthly free nutrition education trainings and 
other  opportunities  to  earn  rewards  by  learning  about  nutrition.  Every  Crew  member  also  receives  one  day  of  additional  pay  on  their 
birthday to express the Company’s appreciation for their service. We believe these and other factors have a positive impact on retention 
rates and encourage our Crew members to appreciate our culture, which helps them better promote our brand. 

Caring for our Crew members during the COVID-19 pandemic. During the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken a number of 
actions to promote the health and wellbeing of our Crew members, and to reward our Crew members for their contributions to our success. 
These actions have included permanent wage increases and paying discretionary bonuses to our Crew members during the COVID-19 
pandemic, providing personal protective equipment, daily immune and stress support supplements to our Crew members at no cost, and 
expanding healthcare benefits and paid leave for our Crew members. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have also provided our 
Crew members who participate in the Company’s health plan with access to COVID-19 testing without additional expense. 

Our Customers 

The growth in the natural and organic grocery and dietary supplement industries and growing consumer interest in health and 
nutrition have led to an increase in our core customer base. We believe the demands for affordable, nutritious food and dietary supplements 
are shared attributes of our core customers, regardless of their socio-economic status. Additionally, we believe our core customers prefer a 
retail store environment that offers carefully selected natural and organic products and dietary supplements and supports environmentally 
sustainable products and practices. Our customers tend to be interested in health and nutrition, and expect our store Crew members to be 
highly knowledgeable about these topics and related products. 

An analysis of our Health Hotline subscriber list indicates that our customers come from broad geographic segments, including 

urban, suburban and rural areas, which reflects the varied characteristics and portability of our store locations. 

11 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our Communities 

One of our founding principles is to be an active member and steward of the communities we serve. As a commitment to this 

principle, we: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

provide extensive free educational services to customers in the form of lectures, classes, printed resources, online resources, 
publications and one-on-one nutrition coaching; 

participate in health fairs, school outreach, community wellness events and other activities to engage with and educate the 
community; 

partner with community and corporate wellness programs; 

disseminate new research on nutrition information; 

participate in the legislative and regulatory process at local, state and federal levels so that our customers have access to 
quality food and dietary supplements and the educational resources to guide their own wellness; 

continually strive to source products and services from local producers and vendors; 

carefully collect all of our excess or distressed food and merchandise and donate it to local non-profit organizations; 

do not provide single-use paper or plastic bags at our registers and encourage the use of reusable totes; 

provide cash to local food banks, making donation determinations based on the number of customers who shop our stores 
with their own bags; 

reduce  our  energy  costs  and  carbon  footprint  using  efficient  heating,  ventilation  and  air  conditioning,  lighting,  and 
refrigerating systems; 

implement strategies to eliminate excess packaging, energy and transportation costs; 

recycle and reuse paper, plastic, glass and electronic products whenever possible; 

●  manage the waste stream services at all of our stores in order to optimize our diversion of waste to recycling and compost 

and increase the environmental sustainability of our operations; 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

offer compostable paper bags for produce purchases; 

use healthy and environmentally responsible building materials and finishes in our new stores and remodels; 

promote environmentally responsible and sustainable practices in our supply chain; 

undertake fundraisers for organizations whose missions align with ours; 

support the economic vitality of small producers and agricultural communities; and 

implement health and safety measures to protect the health and wellbeing of our customers and Crew members during the 
COVID-19 pandemic. 

Marketing and Advertising 

A significant portion of our marketing efforts is focused on educating our customers on the benefits of natural and organic grocery 
products, dietary supplements and our quality standards. Our customer outreach programs provide practical general nutrition knowledge to 
a variety of groups and individuals, schools, businesses, families and seniors. These educational efforts fulfill one of our founding principles 
and also offer us the opportunity to build relationships with customers and community influencers. During fiscal year 2020, in response to 
the COVID-19 pandemic we also made significant marketing outreach efforts to inform customers of the health and safety measures we 
have implemented in our stores to protect the health and wellbeing of our customers and our Crew. 

12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
{N}power Customer Loyalty Program. We introduced the {N}power customer loyalty program in fiscal year 2015. {N}power 
members  receive  digital  coupons,  discounted  pricing  on  certain  staple  items  (such  as  free-range  eggs),  personalized  offers  and  other 
rewards, all by providing their phone number at the time of checkout. We believe the {N}power program has enhanced customer loyalty 
and increased customer traffic and engagement levels. During fiscal year 2020, we continued to enhance the personalization, frequency 
and  range  of  our  {N}power  offerings  and  featured  {N}power  promotions  highlighting  affordable  family  meals.  We  also  sponsored 
sweepstakes for {N}power members at each of our stores to promote program membership and dietary supplement sales. We believe these 
steps  helped  to  increase  membership  in  the  {N}power  program  during  fiscal  year  2020.  We  had  approximately  1.3  million  registered 
{N}power members as of September 30, 2020 compared to approximately 1.0 million {N}power members as of September 30, 2019. 

Health Hotline. The Health Hotline is a four-color magazine that contains a mix of in-depth health and nutrition articles, along 
with a selection of popular sale items. The articles aim to be relevant, science-based and written to reflect the most recent research findings. 
During fiscal year 2020, we implemented significant design changes to enhance our Health Hotline magazine. The Health Hotline magazine 
was published 10 times during fiscal year 2020, and we expect comparable publication frequency during fiscal year 2021. The printed 
version of the Health Hotline magazine is mailed to subscribers and distributed in our stores. In addition, an electronic version of the Health 
Hotline magazine and a weekly electronic Health Hotline newsletter are distributed to subscribers via the internet. Generally, we negotiate 
with our suppliers for significantly lower costs on Health Hotline featured sale items, which in turn allows us to offer lower sale prices to 
our customers. Focused staff training at all locations occurs concurrently with the release of each Health Hotline to ensure that store staff 
are familiar with the content in each issue. 

Special Promotions and Sponsorships During fiscal year 2020, we organized special promotions to coincide with certain calendar 
events, such as Resolution Reset Day in January, Earth Day in April, and on the 65th anniversary of the Company’s founding in August. 
We also organized month-long special promotions such as the “Art of Burgering” campaign during July and the Organic Harvest Month 
campaign during September. Our special promotions frequently include product discounts, sweepstakes drawings, charitable fundraisers 
and nutrition education classes. We expect to continue offering similar special promotions and events in the future. During fiscal year 2020, 
the Company served as the official grocery store of Steamboat and Winter Park ski resorts in Colorado pursuant to an exclusive sponsorship 
arrangement.  During  fiscal  year  2020,  we  also  organized  a  number  of  charitable  sponsorships,  including  collecting  donations  from 
customers on behalf of local food banks and an environmental non-profit organization. 

Website and Social Media. We maintain www.naturalgrocers.com as our official Company website to host store information, 
sale and discount offers, educational materials, product and standards information, policies and contact forms, advocacy and news items 
and e-commerce capabilities. Our website is intended to be part of an overall enhanced branding strategy to more effectively communicate 
our brand’s unique and compelling attributes, including our founding principles. Our website features enhanced product and recipe search 
interfaces and improved functionality with mobile and tablet devices. We believe the continued growth of site visitors, page views and 
other metrics  of  our  website activity indicates  that  our  content is  timely  and  informative to the  communities  we  serve.  Our  website is 
interlinked with other online and social media outlets, including Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, Pinterest and YouTube. During fiscal year 
2020, we continued to increase our investment in paid and organic placements on platforms such as Facebook, Twitter and Instagram, 
resulting in enhanced social media reach, and organized social media campaigns designed to engage with millennials. We expect to continue 
investing in digital engagement activities during fiscal year 2021. 

Advertising.  Our  advertising  activities  in  fiscal  year  2020  included:  (i)  conducting  television  advertising  campaigns;  (ii) 
conducting  radio  advertising  campaigns  in  support  of  new  store  openings  and  store  relocations;  (iii)  conducting  outdoor  advertising 
campaigns; (iv) conducting targeted direct mail campaigns in select markets, and (v) utilizing organic search, search engine marketing, 
search engine optimization and display advertisements to deliver more customer traffic to our website and stores. 

Home Delivery Services. We offer online ordering and home delivery services in select markets in partnership with a third party. 

During fiscal year 2020, we expanded our home delivery services offering from 151 to 155 stores. 

New Store Openings. We use various targeted marketing efforts to support the successful introduction of our new stores in their 
individual markets. In addition to the distribution of our Health Hotline magazine and Internet and social media efforts targeted to the 
region, we utilize direct mail distribution of a series of introductory postcards promoting our brand and providing discounts and other 
incentives for new customers. We also focus on community relationship-building activities, including a series of lectures and cooking and 
other demonstrations in each new store’s community room and/or demonstration kitchen. Other new store promotional activities include 
gift card and prize giveaways, musical performances, appearances by our sponsorship partners and participation by local community leaders 
and organizations. 

Online  Pre-Ordering  of  Holiday  Turkeys.  We  offer  an  online  process  to  pre-order  organic  and  free-range  turkeys  for  the 

Thanksgiving and Christmas holidays. 

13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Competition 

The grocery and dietary supplement retail business is a large, fragmented and highly competitive industry, with few barriers to 
entry. Our competition varies by market and includes conventional supermarkets such as Kroger and Safeway; domestic mass or discount 
retailers such as Wal-Mart and Target; natural and gourmet markets such as Whole Foods and The Fresh Market; foreign-based discount 
retailers such as Aldi and Lidl; specialty food retailers such as Sprouts and Trader Joe’s; warehouse clubs such as Sam’s Club and Costco; 
dietary supplement retailers such as GNC and The Vitamin Shoppe; online retailers such as Amazon; meal delivery services; independent 
health food stores; drug stores; farmers’ markets; food co-ops; and multi-level marketers. Competition in the grocery industry is likely to 
intensify, and shopping dynamics may shift, as a result of, among other things, industry consolidation, expansion by existing competitors 
and the increasing availability of grocery ordering, pick-up and delivery options. These businesses compete with us on the basis of price, 
selection,  quality,  customer  service,  convenience,  location,  store  format,  shopping  experience,  ease  of  ordering  and  delivery  or  any 
combination of these or other factors. They also compete with us for products and locations. In addition, some of our competitors are 
expanding to offer a greater range of natural and organic foods. We also face internally generated competition when we open new stores 
in markets we already serve. We believe our commitment to carrying only carefully vetted, affordably priced and high-quality natural and 
organic  products  and  dietary  supplements,  as  well  as  our  focus  on  providing  nutritional education,  differentiate  us  in  the  industry and 
provide a competitive advantage. 

Seasonality 

Our business is active throughout the calendar year and does not experience significant fluctuation caused by seasonal changes 

in consumer purchasing. 

COVID-19 Pandemic 

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization announced that COVID-19 infections had become a pandemic, and on March 
13, 2020, the U.S. President announced a National Emergency relating to the disease. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, federal, 
state and local authorities have implemented a number of public health mandates intended to prevent the spread of the virus, including 
social distancing, quarantine, wearing face coverings, and “stay-at-home” measures. While states have commenced efforts to reopen their 
economies, certain of these public health mandates have had an adverse impact on the U.S. economy and in early 2020, the U.S. entered a 
recession.  The  duration  and  severity  of  the  recession  are  unknown  at  this  time.  The  effectiveness  of  the  U.S  government’s  economic 
stabilization efforts in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, including proposed government payments to affected citizens and industries, 
is uncertain. To date, all of our stores have been deemed an “essential business” by relevant government authorities and have continued 
operating since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic. We believe we have acted proactively in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and 
the  resulting  government  mandates.  The  impact of  the  COVID-19 pandemic  and  government  mandates  on  our  business  and  results  of 
operations  is  discussed  throughout  this  Form  10-K,  including  under  “Risk  Factors”  and  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” below. 

Insurance and Risk Management  

We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance to cover workers’ compensation, general liability, product liability, director 
and  officers’  liability,  cyber  risk,  employment  practices  liability,  employee  healthcare  benefits  and  other  casualty  and  property  risks. 
Changes in legal trends and interpretations, variability in inflation rates, changes in the nature and method of claims settlement, benefit 
level changes due to changes in applicable laws, insolvency of insurance carriers and changes in discount rates could all affect ultimate 
settlements of claims. We evaluate our insurance requirements and providers on an ongoing basis. 

Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property 

We  believe  that  our  intellectual  property  is  important  to  the  success  of  our  business.  We  have  received  the  registration  of 
trademarks not only for Vitamin Cottage and Health Hotline but also for our logo, Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage® and Vitamin 
Cottage Natural Grocers® for appropriate categories of trade. In addition, we have received the registration of service marks for EDAP – 
Every  Day  Affordable  Price,  {N}power,  Organic  Headquarters®,  Organic  Month  Headquarters®,  Organic  Produce  Headquarters®, 
Natural Grocers Cottage Wine and Craft Beer® and Resolution Reset Day® and registrations of trademarks for These Came First® and 
Natural Grocers Top 10 Nutrition Trends®. We do not own or license for use any patents, franchises or concessions that are material to 
our business. Our trademarks are generally valid and may be renewed indefinitely as long as they are in use and their registrations are 
properly maintained. 

14 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Information Technology Systems 

We have made significant investments in overhead and information technology infrastructure, including purchasing, receiving, 
inventory, point of sale, warehousing, distribution, accounting, reporting and financial systems. We use an ERP system with an integrated 
merchandise  management,  reporting  and  accounting  system  at  all  of  our  stores,  as  well  as  at  our  bulk  food  repackaging  facility  and 
distribution center and for corporate functions including accounting, reporting and purchasing. Our ERP system application support and 
hardware  functions  are  outsourced,  which  allows  us  to  focus  on  our  core  business.  We also  have an enterprise-wide  HRIS,  which  has 
enabled us to more efficiently and effectively manage our human resources and payroll needs at all locations. In recent years, we have 
implemented a Company-wide scheduling system for our stores, deployed new handheld technology and VoiP telephony solutions at all 
our  stores,  and  increasingly  leveraged  cloud  technology  in  our  information  technology  systems.  We  have  also  invested  in  upgrading 
communication circuits and refreshing network and security hardware at all our stores. We plan to continue investing in our information 
technology infrastructure with systems that scale with and add efficiencies to our operations as we continue to grow. 

Regulatory Compliance  

We  are  subject  to  various  federal,  state  and local  laws, regulations  and  administrative  practices that  affect  our  business.  The 
safety, formulation, manufacturing, processing, packaging, importation, labeling, promotion, advertising and distribution of products we 
sell in our stores, including private label products, are subject to regulation by several federal agencies, including the FDA, the Federal 
Trade Commission (the FTC), the USDA, the Consumer Product Safety Commission (the CPSC) and the Environmental Protection Agency 
(the EPA), as well as by various state and local agencies. 

Food Products. The FDA has comprehensive authority to regulate the safety of food and food ingredients (including pet food 
and pet food ingredients but excluding meat, poultry, catfish and certain egg products, which are regulated by USDA) under the Federal 
Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FDCA). The USDA’s Food Safety Inspection Service regulates and regularly inspects meat, poultry, 
catfish and certain egg products to assure that these products are safe, wholesome and correctly labeled and packaged under the Federal 
Meat Inspection Act and the Poultry Products Inspection Act. 

The Food Safety Modernization Act (the FSMA), enacted in 2011, amended the FDCA and significantly expanded food safety 
requirements and the FDA’s regulatory authority over food safety. The FSMA requires the FDA to impose comprehensive, prevention-
based controls across the food supply chain, further regulates food products imported into the United States and provides the FDA with 
authority to enforce mandatory recalls. In addition, the FSMA requires the FDA to undertake numerous rulemakings and to issue numerous 
guidance documents, as well as reports, plans, standards, notices and other tasks. Further, even provisions that have been enacted, such as 
nutritional  labeling,  are  periodically  reviewed  and  updated  with  new  requirements.  As  a  result,  final  implementation  of  the  legislation 
remains ongoing. 

The FDA also exercises broad jurisdiction over the labeling and promotion of cosmetics, food and dietary supplements. Labeling 
is a broad concept that, under most circumstances, extends even to product-related claims and representations made on a company’s website 
and  printed  or  digital  media.  All  foods,  including  dietary  supplements,  must  bear  labeling  that  provides  consumers  with  essential 
information  with  respect  to  standards  of  product  identity,  net  quantity/weight,  nutrition  facts  labeling,  ingredient  statements,  contact 
information for the manufacturer/packer/distributor, allergen, and other disclosures such as the use of bioengineering. Similarly, cosmetic 
products labeling must also contain certain information, including the nature and use of the product such as net quantity/weight, ingredient 
statements, and contract information for the manufacturer/packer/distributor. The FDA also regulates the use of claims made about these 
products,  including  structure/function  claims  (e.g.,  “calcium  builds  strong  bones”),  qualified  health  claims  (e.g.,  "adequate  calcium 
throughout life may reduce the risk of osteoporosis"), nutrient content claims (e.g., “high in antioxidants”), “natural” and “all natural” 
claims, and others. “Organic” claims, however, are primarily regulated by the USDA. Certain new food labeling requirements, including 
disclosure of calories and other nutrient information went into effect on January 1, 2020 for manufacturers with $10.0 million or more in 
annual food sales and will go into effect on January 1, 2021 for manufacturers with less than $10.0 million in annual food sales. 

Dietary Supplements. The FDA also has comprehensive authority to regulate the safety of dietary supplements, dietary ingredients, 
labeling and current good manufacturing practices. The Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act (DSHEA), enacted in 1994, greatly 
expanded the FDA’s regulatory authority over dietary supplements. Through DSHEA, dietary supplements became a separately regulated 
subcategory  of  food  and  the  FDA  was  empowered  to  establish  good  manufacturing  practice  regulations  governing  key  aspects  of  the 
production of dietary supplements, including quality control, packaging and labeling. DSHEA also expressly permits dietary supplements 
to make label claims and promotional statements describing how a product affects the structure, function and general well-being of the 
body if adequate scientific evidence exists to support the claim, although no statement may expressly or implicitly represent that a dietary 
supplement will diagnose, cure, treat or prevent a disease, which are claims reserved for drug products that are regulated separately by the 
FDA. 

15 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
FDA  Enforcement.  The  FDA  has  broad  authority  to  enforce  the  provisions  of  the  FDCA  applicable  to  the  safety,  labeling, 
manufacturing, transport and promotion of cosmetics, foods and dietary supplements, including powers to issue a public warning letter to 
a company, publicize information about illegal products, institute an administrative detention of food, request or order a recall of illegal 
food  products  from  the  market,  and  request  the  Department  of  Justice  to  initiate  a  seizure  action,  an  injunction  action  or  a  criminal 
prosecution. Pursuant to the FSMA, the FDA also has the power to deny the import of any food or dietary supplement from a foreign 
supplier that is not appropriately verified as being compliant with all FDA laws and regulations. Moreover, the FDA has the authority to 
administratively suspend the registration of any facility that produces or processes food, including supplements, that it deems to present a 
reasonable probability of causing serious adverse health consequences. In the past few years, the FDA has commenced enforcement actions 
against  nutritional  supplement  companies  by  issuing  warning  letters  regarding  products  that  make  impermissible  claims  related  to 
treatments and cures for various diseases. 

Food  and  Dietary  Supplement  Advertising.  In  addition  to  the  FDA’s  regulatory  control  over  product  labeling,  the  FTC  also 
exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of foods and dietary supplements, including health benefit claims, the use of “green” claims on 
products, general claims about environmental benefits, claims about the geographic origin of products (e.g. “Made in the USA”) and claims 
about whether product packaging is recyclable or compostable. The FTC has the power to levy monetary sanctions and impose “consent 
decrees” and penalties that can severely limit a company’s business practices. In recent years, the FTC has instituted numerous enforcement 
actions against dietary supplement companies for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of 
false or misleading advertising claims. In addition, private parties are increasingly initiating broad consumer class actions against food and 
dietary supplement manufacturers for false or misleading labeling and/or advertising. 

Compliance. As is common in our industry, we rely on our suppliers and contract manufacturers to ensure that the products they 
manufacture  and  sell  to  us  comply  with  all  applicable  regulatory  and  statutory  requirements.  In  general,  we  seek  certifications  of 
compliance, representations and warranties, indemnification and insurance from our suppliers and contract manufacturers. However, even 
with  adequate  certifications,  representations  and  warranties,  insurance  and  indemnification,  any  claims  of  non-compliance  could 
significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in the products we sell. In addition, the failure of such products to comply 
with applicable regulatory and legislative requirements could prevent us from marketing the products or require us to recall or withdraw 
such products from our stores. In order to comply with applicable statutes and regulations, our suppliers and contract manufacturers have 
from time to time reformulated, eliminated or relabeled certain of their products and we have revised certain provisions of our sales and 
marketing program. 

We regularly train our in-store Crew members to provide an educational customer service approach that is ethical, honest and 
accurate and that does not cross over into a scope of practice reserved for licensed healthcare professionals. For example, our Crew members 
are not allowed to discuss any “disease” or “cure.” Instead, we focus on how the structure and function of the body is affected by lifestyle 
choices and the different nutritional components of an individual’s diet, including those contained in dietary supplements. Our customers 
are encouraged to make informed decisions about their diet, lifestyle and possible need for supplementation. Our NHCs are responsible for 
overseeing compliance with FDA, USDA and FTC regulations in our stores. While we believe that our nutrition education practices are 
compliant with federal and state requirements, a finding to the contrary could pose significant issues with respect to our business and our 
reputation among our customers or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business. 

New  or  revised federal,  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations  affecting  our  business  or  our  industry,  such  as  those  relating to 
industrial hemp products and genetically modified (bioengineered) foods, could result in additional compliance costs and civil remedies. 
In some instances, laws and regulations may be amended in the future to allow for private rights of action to enforce laws and regulations 
through lawsuits. The risks associated with these laws and regulations are further described under the caption “Risk Factors.” 

Segment Information  

We have one reporting segment, natural and organic retail stores, through which we conduct all of our business. Please see the 
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, set forth in Part IV of this Form 10-K, 
for financial information regarding this segment. 

Available Information 

Our website is located at www.naturalgrocers.com. We make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished 
to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are 
electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. In addition, our Corporate Governance Guidelines, the charters for our Audit Committee 
and Compensation Committee, and our Code of Ethics are publicly available on our website at www.naturalgrocers.com under the “Investor 
Relations – Corporate Governance” section, and we will post any amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of this Code of Ethics on 
our website at the address and location specified above. A printed copy of this information is also available without charge by sending a 
written request to Corporate Secretary, Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc., 12612 West Alameda Parkway, Lakewood, CO 80228. 
The SEC also maintains a website that contains our reports and other information at www.sec.gov. Information on our website or any other 
website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K. 

16 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 1A. Risk Factors. 

Risk Factor Summary 

We  are  providing  the  following  summary  of  the  risk  factors  contained  in  our  Form  10-K  to  enhance  the  readability  and 
accessibility of our risk factor disclosures. We encourage our stockholders to carefully review the full risk factors contained in this Form 
10-K in their entirety for additional information regarding the risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to vary materially 
from recent results or from our anticipated future results. 

Risks related to our business and operations 

   ●  We may not be successful in our efforts to grow; 

●  Our newly opened stores may negatively impact our financial results in the short-term, and may not achieve sales and operating 

levels consistent with our more mature stores on a timely basis or at all; 

● 

If we are unable to successfully identify market trends and react to changing consumer preferences in a timely manner, our sales 
may decrease; 

   ●  Our store sales growth and quarterly financial performance may fluctuate for a variety of reasons; 

●  Adverse  economic  conditions  and  political  instability  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial 

condition and could negatively impact our ability to execute our growth strategy; 

●  The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has impacted our operations and this or other future pandemics could materially impact our 

business, results of operations and financial condition; 

   ●  We may be unable to compete effectively in our markets, which are highly competitive; 

   ●  An inability to maintain or increase our operating margins could adversely affect our results of operations; 

●  A reduction in traffic to anchor stores in the shopping areas in close proximity to our stores could significantly reduce our sales 
and leave us with unsold inventory, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations; 

●  We  may  experience  product  recalls,  withdrawals  or  seizures  which  could  reduce  our  sales  and  adversely  affect  our  results  of 

operations; 

●  Our future business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by reduced availability of certified 

organic products or products that meet our other internal standards; 

   ●  Disruptions affecting our significant suppliers, or our relationships with such suppliers, could negatively affect our business; 

●  Adverse weather conditions, natural disasters and the effects of climate change could disrupt our supply chain and adversely impact 

our sales and financial performance; 

●  Acts of violence at or threatened against our stores or the shopping centers in which they are located, including active shooter 
situations and terrorist acts, could adversely impact our sales, which could materially adversely affect our financial performance; 

●  The current geographic concentration of our stores creates exposure to local economies, regional downturns, severe weather and 

other catastrophic occurrences; 

  ● 

If we fail to maintain our reputation and the value of our brand, our sales may decline; 

   ●  Perishable food product losses could materially impact our results of operations; 

●  The  decision  by  certain  of  our  suppliers  to  distribute  their  specialty  products  through  other  retail  distribution  channels  could 

negatively impact our revenue from the sale of such products; 

●  Our ability to operate our business effectively could be impaired if we fail to retain or attract key personnel or are unable to attract, 

train and retain qualified employees; 

17 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
●  Any significant interruption in the operations of our bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center or our supply chain 

network could disrupt our ability to deliver our merchandise in a timely manner; 

   ●  Higher wage and benefit costs could adversely affect our business; 

●  Union activity at third-party transportation companies or labor organizing activities among our Crew members could disrupt our 

operations and harm our business; 

●  Future  events  could  result  in  impairment  of  long-lived  assets,  which  may  result  in  charges  that  adversely  affect  our  results  of 

operations and capitalization; 

●  We have significant lease obligations, which may adversely affect our liquidity and require us to raise additional capital or continue 

paying rent for store locations that we no longer operate; 

   ●  Any material disruption to or failure of our information systems could negatively impact our operations; 

●  Failure to protect our information systems against cyber-attacks or information security breaches, including failure to protect the 
integrity and security of individually identifiable data of our customers and Crew members, could expose us to litigation, damage 
our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business; 

   ●  Claims under our self-insurance program may differ from our estimates, which could negatively impact our results of operations; 

   ● 

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our ability to compete and the value of our brand could be harmed; 

   ● 

Increases in the cost of raw materials could hurt our sales and profitability; 

   ●  Deflation could adversely affect our business; 

●  Energy costs are a significant component of our operating expenses and increasing energy costs, unless offset by more efficient 

usage or other operational responses, may impact our profitability; 

● 

Increases  in  certain  costs  affecting  our  marketing,  advertising  and  promotions  may  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  advertise 
effectively and reduce our profitability; 

   ●  Legal proceedings could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations; 

  ●  Effective tax rate changes and results of examinations by taxing authorities could materially impact our results of operations; 

●  Failure  to  maintain  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  could  lead  to  material  misstatements  in  our  financial 
statements, in which case investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market 
price of our common stock may decline; and 

   ●  Changes in accounting standards may materially impact reporting of our financial condition and reported results of operations. 

Risks related to government regulations and policies 

● 

If we or our third-party suppliers fail to comply with regulatory requirements, or are unable to provide products that meet our 
specifications, our business and our reputation could suffer; 

●  We, as well as our suppliers, are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations and our compliance with these 
laws and regulations, as they currently exist or as modified in the future, may increase our costs, limit or eliminate our ability to 
sell certain products, require recalls of certain products, raise regulatory enforcement risks not present in the past or otherwise 
adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition; 

  ●  Our sale of products containing cannabidiol (CBD) could lead to regulatory action by federal, state and/or local authorities or legal 

proceedings brought by or on behalf of consumers; 

●  The activities of our NHCs and our nutrition education services may be impacted by government regulation or an inability to secure 

adequate liability insurance; 

   ●  Consumers or regulatory agencies may challenge certain claims made regarding the products we sell; 

18 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
●  The products we sell could suffer from real or perceived quality or food safety concerns and may cause unexpected side effects, 
illness, injury or death that could result in their discontinuance or expose us to lawsuits, any of which could result in unexpected 
costs and damage to our reputation; 

   ●  Our political advocacy activities may reduce our customer count and sales; 

● 

If the United States were to withdraw from or materially modify certain international trade agreements, or if the United States were 
to withdraw from the World Trade Organization (the WTO), our business, financial condition and results of operations could be 
materially adversely affected; 

●  New or increased tariffs on the foreign-sourced goods that we sell or the foreign-sourced materials incorporated into such goods 

could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations; and 

  ●  Executive, legislative or regulatory action that restricts or closes access to the United States market from Mexico or Canada could 

have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Risks related to our indebtedness and liquidity 

   ●  Our credit facility could limit our operational flexibility; 

●  We  may  be  unable  to  generate  sufficient  cash  flow  to  satisfy  our  debt  service  obligations,  which  could  adversely  impact  our 

business; 

   ●  Our liquidity needs may require us to raise additional capital through debt or equity financings; and 

   ●  Our share repurchase program may adversely affect our liquidity and cause fluctuations in our stock price. 

General risks related to our common stock 

●  The market price of our common stock has been volatile and may continue to be volatile, and our stockholders may not be able to 

sell our common stock at a favorable price or at all; 

   ●  An inability to maintain or improve levels of sales growth could cause our stock price to decline; 

●  Our current principal stockholders have significant influence over us, and they could delay, deter or prevent a change of control or 

other business combination or otherwise cause us to take action with which our stockholders might not agree; 

  ●  We may not be able to continue paying dividends on our common stock; 

● 

If  securities  or  industry  analysts  do  not  publish  research  or  reports  about  our  business,  if  they  adversely  change  their 
recommendations regarding our common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our common stock price 
could decline; 

●  Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent a change in control, even 
if a sale of the Company could be beneficial to our stockholders, which could cause our stock price to decline and prevent attempts 
by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management; and 

●  We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, and, as a result, rely on exemptions 

from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies. 

Risk Factors 

Our business, financial condition and results of operations can be materially impacted by a number of factors which could cause 
our actual results to vary materially from recent results or from our anticipated future results. If any of the following risks actually occurs, 
our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, 
the trading price of our common stock could decline and our stockholders could lose all or part of their investment in our common stock. 
Accordingly, our stockholders should carefully consider the risks described below as well as the other information and data included in 
this Form 10-K. 

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Risks related to our business and operations 

We may not be successful in our efforts to grow. 

Our continued growth largely depends on our ability to increase sales in our existing stores and successfully open and operate 
new stores on a profitable basis. Our comparable store sales growth could be lower than our historical average for various reasons, including 
the opening of new stores that cannibalize sales in existing stores, increased competition, general economic conditions, regulatory changes, 
price changes as a result of competitive factors and product pricing and availability. 

During each of fiscal years 2020 and 2019, we opened six new stores. We plan to open five to six new stores and relocate three 
to five existing stores in fiscal year 2021. We expect our rate of new store unit growth in the foreseeable future to be comparable to recent 
years, depending on economic and business conditions and other factors, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and related 
government mandates. Delays or failures in opening new stores, or achieving lower than expected sales in new stores, could materially and 
adversely affect our growth. Our plans for continued expansion could place increased demands on our financial, managerial, operational 
and administrative resources. For example, our planned expansion will require us to increase the number of people we employ and may 
require us to upgrade our management information system and our distribution infrastructure. We currently operate a single bulk food 
repackaging facility and distribution center, which houses our bulk food repackaging operation. In order to support our recent and expected 
future growth and to maintain the efficient operation of our business, we may need to add additional capacity in the future. These increased 
demands and operating complexities could cause us to operate our business less efficiently, which could materially and adversely affect 
our operations, financial performance and future growth. 

We may not be able to open new stores on schedule or operate them successfully. Our ability to successfully open new stores 
depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to select suitable sites for our new store locations; to negotiate and execute leases 
on acceptable terms; to coordinate the contracting work on our new stores; to identify, recruit and train store managers, NHCs and other 
staff; to secure and manage the inventory necessary for the launch and successful operation of our new stores; and to effectively promote 
and  market  our  new  stores.  If  we  are  ineffective  in  performing  these  activities,  our  efforts  to  open  and  operate  new  stores  may  be 
unsuccessful or unprofitable, which could materially and adversely affect our operations, financial performance and future growth. 

Our  newly  opened  stores  may  negatively  impact  our  financial  results  in  the  short-term,  and  may  not  achieve  sales  and 

operating levels consistent with our more mature stores on a timely basis or at all. 

We have actively pursued new store growth and plan to continue doing so in the future (although the rate of new store unit growth 
in the foreseeable future is expected to be comparable to recent years, depending on economic and business conditions and other factors). 
Our new store openings may not be successful or reach the sales and profitability levels of our existing stores. Although we target particular 
levels of cash-on-cash returns and capital investment for each of our new stores, new stores may not meet these targets. Any store we open 
may not be profitable or achieve operating results similar to those of our existing stores. New store openings may negatively impact our 
financial results in the short-term due to the effect of store opening costs and lower sales and contribution to overall profitability during the 
initial period following opening. New stores build their sales volume and their customer base over time and, as a result, generally have 
lower margins and higher operating expenses, as a percentage of net sales, than our existing stores. New stores may not achieve sustained 
sales and operating levels consistent with our more mature store base on a timely basis or at all. This may have an adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and operating results. 

In addition, we may not be able to successfully integrate new stores into our existing store base and those new stores may not be 
as profitable as our existing stores. Further, we have experienced in the past, and expect to experience in the future, some sales volume 
transfer from our existing stores to our new stores as some of our existing customers switch to new, closer locations. If our new stores are 
less profitable than our existing stores, or if we experience sales volume transfer from our existing stores, our business, financial condition 
and operating results may be adversely affected. 

If we are unable to successfully identify market trends and react to changing consumer preferences in a timely manner, our 

sales may decrease. 

We believe our success depends, in substantial part, on our ability to: 

● 

● 

● 

anticipate,  identify  and  react  to  natural  and  organic  grocery  and  dietary  supplement  trends  and  changing  consumer
preferences in a timely manner; 

translate market trends into appropriate, saleable product and service offerings in our stores; and 

develop and maintain vendor relationships that provide us access to the newest merchandise, and products that satisfy our
standards, on reasonable terms. 

20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Consumer preferences often change rapidly and without warning, moving from one trend to another among many product or 
retail concepts. Our performance is impacted by trends regarding healthy lifestyles, dietary preferences, convenient meal options, natural 
and organic products, dietary supplements, ingredient transparency and sustainability and at-home meal preparation. Consumer preferences 
towards dietary supplements or natural and organic food products might shift as a result of, among other things, economic conditions, food 
safety perceptions, scientific research or findings regarding the benefits or efficacy of these products, reduced or changed consumer choices 
and the cost or sustainability of these products. Our store offerings are comprised of natural and organic products and dietary supplements. 
A change in consumer preferences away from our offerings, including as a result of, among other things, reductions or changes in our 
offerings, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, negative publicity regarding the safety of natural and organic 
products or dietary supplements, or new or upgraded regulatory standards, may adversely affect demand for the products we sell and could 
result in lower customer traffic, sales and results of operations. 

If we are unable to anticipate and satisfy consumer merchandise preferences in the regions where we operate, our net sales may 
decrease, and we may be forced to increase markdowns of slow-moving merchandise, either of which could have a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our store sales growth and quarterly financial performance may fluctuate for a variety of reasons. 

Our store sales growth and quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past, and we expect them to continue to fluctuate 

in the future. A variety of factors affect our store sales growth and quarterly financial performance, including: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

changes in our merchandising strategy or product mix; 

the performance of our newer and remodeled stores; 

the effectiveness of our inventory management; 

the timing and concentration of new store openings, and the related additional human resource requirements and pre-opening 
and other start-up costs; 

slowing in the natural and organic retail sector; 

the cannibalization of existing store sales by our new store openings; 

levels of pre-opening expenses associated with new stores; 

the timing and effectiveness of our marketing activities; 

consumer preferences, buying trends and spending levels; 

food and commodity price inflation or deflation; 

the number and dollar amount of customer transactions in our stores; 

seasonal fluctuations due to weather conditions and extreme weather-related disruptions; 

our ability to generate new and repeat visits to our stores and adequate levels of customer engagement; 

actions by our existing or new competitors, including pricing changes and delivery and fulfillment options; 

regulatory changes affecting availability and marketability of products; 

supply shortages or other operational disruptions; 

general United States economic conditions and, in particular, the retail sales environment; and 

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations and the U.S. economy. 

Accordingly, our results for any one fiscal year or quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any other 
year or quarter. Our comparable store sales during any particular future period may decrease. In the event of any future decrease, the price 
of our common stock could decline. For more information on our results of operations for fiscal years 2019 and 2020, see “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” 

21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Adverse economic conditions and political instability could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial 

condition and could negatively impact our ability to execute our growth strategy. 

Adverse and uncertain economic conditions could adversely impact demand for the products we sell in our stores. Consumer 
spending and levels of disposable income, including spending for natural and organic grocery and dietary supplement products that we sell, 
are affected by, among other things, prevailing economic conditions, levels of employment, salaries and wages, inflation, interest rates, the 
availability of credit, tax rates, fuel and energy costs, housing market conditions, general business conditions, consumer confidence and 
consumer perceptions of economic conditions. In the event of an economic slowdown or recession, consumer spending could be adversely 
affected, and we could experience lower net sales than expected. We could be forced to delay or slow our new store growth plans, which 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our ability to manage normal 
commercial relationships with our suppliers, manufacturers of our private label products, distributors, customers and creditors may suffer. 
Customers may shift purchases to lower-priced or other perceived value offerings during economic downturns. In particular, customers 
may reduce the amount of natural and organic products that they purchase and instead purchase conventional offerings, which generally 
have lower retail prices, at other stores. In addition, consumers may choose to purchase private label products at other stores rather than 
branded products because they are generally less expensive. Suppliers may become more conservative in response to these conditions and 
seek to reduce their production. 

Economic conditions and consumer spending may also be adversely impacted by political instability. The outbreak or escalation 
of war, the occurrence of terrorist acts or other hostilities in or affecting the United States, or concerns regarding epidemics in the United 
States or in international markets could also lead to a decrease in spending by consumers or may cause our customers to avoid visiting our 
stores. The United States economy entered a recession in early 2020, driven primarily by the COVID-19 pandemic and related government 
mandates. Since the COVID-19 pandemic, levels of unemployment have increased significantly. See “The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic 
has impacted our operations and this or other future pandemics could materially impact our business, results of operations and financial 
condition” below. Our results of operations depend upon, among other things, our ability to maintain and increase sales volume with our 
existing customers, to attract new customers and to provide products that appeal to customers at prices they are willing and able to pay. 
Prolonged unfavorable economic conditions or political instability may have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability. 

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has impacted our operations and this or other future pandemics could materially impact 

our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

The COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting government mandates have had a significant impact on our operations. For as long 
as it continues, and in the event there is another widespread regional, national or global health epidemic or pandemic, our business could 
be severely impacted. While we are closely monitoring the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates on our 
business, the long-term financial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates is unknown at this time. We expect the 
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will largely 
depend on the extent and duration of the pandemic, the governmental and public actions taken in response, and the effect the pandemic will 
have on the U.S. economy. 

The impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates could include some or all of the following: 

●  Customers  who  are  infected  by  the  COVID-19  virus  may  not  be  able  to  visit  and  shop  at  our  stores.  Even  if  infected 
customers are physically able to shop, we have urged any individual who displays or is experiencing symptoms of the virus 
not to shop in our stores until they have recovered fully. An increase in the number of our customers who are infected by 
COVID-19 could therefore negatively impact our sales. 

●  The COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates may cause consumers to avoid public gathering places such as our 
stores  or  otherwise  change  their  shopping  behaviors.  For  example,  the  practice  of  social  distancing  may  cause  fewer 
customers to frequent our stores at any given time. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates may 
lead to a permanent shift towards more online shopping for groceries, which may lead consumers to purchase groceries and 
nutritional supplements online from competitors that offer more extensive online shopping options than we do. 

●  Quarantine,  isolation  or  stay-at-home  orders  issued  by  local,  state  or  federal  authorities  may  make  it  more  difficult  or 
impossible for customers to shop at our stores. In addition, limitations imposed by federal, state or local authorities on the 
number of customers who may shop at our stores at any given time could impact those stores’ transaction count. Further, 
federal, state or local authorities could take action to ban in-store grocery shopping in favor of home delivery and curbside 
pick-ups. Depending on the length and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, such restrictions and limitations could become 
progressively more severe. Any such governmental actions could negatively impact our sales. 

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
●  Our costs may continue to increase as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates. For example, since 
the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have hired more Crew members to: handle increased operational demands at 
our stores; monitor customers entering and exiting our stores to comply with maximum occupancy limitations; and assist 
with cleaning and stocking our stores. Depending on the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates, 
we may be required to incur additional labor and other costs to meet the challenges posed by the pandemic. 

● 

If a store Crew member contracts the COVID-19 virus, or if an infected customer spreads the virus at a store, that store may 
need to be temporarily closed for cleaning and sanitizing. Such temporary store closures could affect multiple stores at the 
same time. 

●  Widespread infections at any store may make it impossible to adequately staff that store, which would lead to the temporary 

closure of that store. Such temporary store closures could affect multiple stores at the same time. 

●  The United States economy entered a recession in early 2020, primarily driven by the COVID-19 pandemic and related 
government  mandates.  Since  the  outbreak  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  levels  of  unemployment  have  increased 
significantly. In the event of a prolonged economic recession, consumer spending could be adversely affected, which in 
turn could lead to a decrease in spending by consumers, cause our customers to avoid visiting our stores and cause us to 
experience lower than expected net sales. In addition, customers may shift purchases to lower-priced or other perceived 
value offerings during economic downturns. In particular, customers may reduce the amount of natural and organic products 
that they purchase and instead purchase conventional offerings, which generally have lower retail prices, at other stores. 

●  We have experienced increased levels of net sales and average transaction size due to the COVID-19 pandemic as public 
health  measures  have  been  implemented  by  states  across  our  footprint  and  customers  have  adjusted  to  these  new 
circumstances. While we believe that our proactive response to the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in increased customer 
loyalty,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  continue  to  experience  elevated  levels  of  net  sales  once  the 
pandemic subsides and government mandates are lifted. 

●  The products we sell are sourced from a wide variety of domestic and international suppliers. Since the outbreak of the 
COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced shortages of certain products and delays in the delivery of certain products to 
our stores. The COVID-19 pandemic could: (i) adversely impact our business by disrupting or delaying the production and 
delivery of products to our stores; (ii) adversely impact transport availability and cost; (iii) impact the financial stability of 
our suppliers; and (iv) cause our suppliers to prioritize the supply of scarce products to our competitors. 

●  We could be subject to legal proceedings brought by customers or Crew members related to the COVID-19 pandemic or 

government mandates. 

Any of the foregoing impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial position and results of operations. The duration of any such impacts cannot be predicted because of the unprecedented 
nature  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  government  mandates.  Additionally,  our  business  could  be  severely  impacted  by  widespread 
regional, national or global health epidemics unrelated to COVID-19 in the future, which could adversely impact our business. 

We may be unable to compete effectively in our markets, which are highly competitive. 

The markets for natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements are large, fragmented and highly competitive, with few 
barriers to entry. Our competition varies by market and includes conventional supermarkets, natural, gourmet and specialty food markets, 
mass and discount retailers, foreign-based discount retailers, warehouse clubs, independent health food stores, dietary supplement retailers, 
drug stores, farmers’ markets, food co-ops, online retailers and multi-level marketers. These businesses compete with us on the basis of 
price, selection, quality, customer service, convenience, location, store format, shopping experience, ease of ordering and delivery or any 
combination of these or other factors. They also compete with us for products and locations. To the extent our competitors lower their 
prices, our ability to maintain sales levels and operating margins may be negatively impacted. In addition, some of our competitors are 
expanding their natural and organic food offerings, increasing the space allocated to natural and organic foods and enhancing options of 
engaging with and delivering their products to customers. Many of our competitors are larger, more established and have greater financial, 
marketing and other resources than we do, and may be able to adapt to changes in consumer preferences more quickly, devote greater 
resources  to  the  marketing  and  sale  of  their  products,  or  generate  greater  brand  recognition.  In  addition,  we  face  internally  generated 
competition when we open new stores in markets we already serve. An inability to compete effectively may cause us to lose market share 
to our competitors and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
An inability to maintain or increase our operating margins could adversely affect our results of operations. 

We  intend  to  continue  our  focus  on  improving  our  operating  margins  by  leveraging  more  efficiencies  of  scale,  additional 
improved systems, further cost discipline, added focus on appropriate store labor levels and even more disciplined product selection. If we 
are unable to successfully manage the potential difficulties associated with store growth, we may not be able to capture the efficiencies of 
scale that we expect from expansion. If we are not able to capture greater efficiencies of scale, improve our systems, further enhance our 
cost discipline and increase our focus on appropriate store labor levels and disciplined product selection, we may not be able to achieve our 
goals with respect to operating margins. In addition, if we do not adequately refine and improve our various ordering, tracking and allocation 
systems, we may not be able to increase sales and reduce inventory shrink. Further, pricing pressures from competitors and the impact of 
the product discounts offered by the {N}power customer loyalty program may also adversely impact our operating margins. As a result, 
our operating margins may stagnate or decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations and adversely affect the price of our common stock. 

A reduction in traffic to anchor stores in the shopping areas in close proximity to our stores could significantly reduce our 
sales and leave us with unsold inventory, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

Many of our stores are located in close proximity to shopping areas that may also accommodate other well-known anchor stores. 
Sales at our stores are derived, in part, from the volume of traffic generated by the other anchor stores in the shopping areas where our 
stores are located. Customer traffic may be adversely affected by enhanced customer reliance on ecommerce to meet their shopping needs, 
regional economic downturns, a general downturn in the local area where our store is located, long-term nearby road construction projects, 
the closing of nearby anchor stores or other nearby stores or the decline of the shopping environment in a particular shopping area. Any of 
these events could reduce our sales and leave us with excess inventory, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. In response to such events, we may be required to increase markdowns or initiate marketing promotions 
to reduce excess inventory, which could further decrease our gross profits and net income. 

We may experience product recalls, withdrawals or seizures which could reduce our sales and adversely affect our results of 

operations. 

We may be subject to product recalls, withdrawals or seizures if any of the products we sell is believed to cause injury or illness 
or if we are alleged to have violated governmental regulations in the labeling, promotion, sale or distribution of any such products. A 
significant  recall,  withdrawal  or  seizure  of  any  of  the  products  we  sell  may  require  significant  management  attention,  could  result  in 
substantial and unexpected costs and may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Furthermore, a recall, 
withdrawal or seizure of any of the products we sell may adversely affect consumer confidence in our brands and thus decrease consumer 
demand for the products we sell. We rely on our suppliers to ensure that the products they manufacture and sell to us comply with all 
applicable regulatory and legislative requirements. In general, we seek representation and warranties, indemnification and/or insurance 
from our suppliers. However, even with adequate insurance and indemnification, any claims of non-compliance could significantly damage 
our  reputation  and  consumer  confidence  in  the  products  we  sell.  In  addition,  the  failure  of  those  products  to  comply  with  applicable 
regulatory and legislative requirements could prevent us from marketing the products or require us to recall or remove such products from 
the market, which in certain cases could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our future business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by reduced availability of certified 

organic products or products that meet our other internal standards. 

Our ability to ensure a continuing supply of products and ingredients at competitive prices that satisfy our minimum standards 
depends on many factors beyond our control, such as the number and size of farms that grow organic crops, operate pasture-based dairies, 
maintain free-range laying hens and undertake to raise livestock without the use of growth hormones, antibiotics or concentrated livestock 
feeding; the vagaries of these farming businesses; and our ability to accurately forecast our sourcing requirements. The organic ingredients 
used in many of the products we sell are vulnerable to adverse weather conditions, the effects of climate change and natural disasters, such 
as floods, droughts, frosts, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes and pestilences. Adverse weather conditions and natural disasters can lower 
herd, flock and crop yields and reduce size and quality, which in turn could reduce the available supply of, or increase the price of, organic 
ingredients. Certain products we purchase from our suppliers include organic ingredients sourced offshore, and the availability of such 
ingredients may be affected by events in other countries. 

For our organic produce suppliers, there is some concern that implementation of the FSMA may impact the ability of produce 
growers to farm organically. In the final Produce Safety Rule, the FDA stated that it would exercise enforcement discretion regarding 
farmers complying with the USDA National Organic Program (NOP) standards for the application of biological soil amendments, which 
are a significant source of fertility input for organic production. But at the same time, the FDA stated that the NOP standard is not a food 
safety standard and that it would study and set a science based minimum standard at a later date and may promulgate a standard for the 
application of biological soil amendments that limits the ability of organic growers to use these inputs. The increased regulation and cost 
of growing produce due to the Produce Safety Rule may impact organic produce suppliers. 

24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The Trump administration has delayed or cancelled certain proposed rules designed to strengthen the NOP standard and proposed 
to ease existing restrictions on the use of certain substances on the National List of Allowed and Prohibited Substances for use in organic 
farming. These changes may affect consumer confidence in the NOP standard, which may adversely affect our business. 

In addition, we and our suppliers compete with other food producers in the procurement of products that satisfy our minimum 
standards for organic produce, dairy products, eggs and meat, which are often less plentiful in the open market than conventional ingredients 
and products. This competition may increase in the future if consumer demand increases for organic produce, dairy products from pasture-
raised animals, eggs from free-range or pastured hens, and meat from naturally raised livestock. If supplies of these products are reduced, 
or there is greater demand for such ingredients and products from us and others, we may not be able to obtain sufficient supply on favorable 
terms, or at all, which could impact our ability to supply products to our stores and may adversely affect our business, results of operations 
and financial condition. 

The  certified  organic  products  we  sell  must  be  produced  compliant  with  government  regulations  and  must  comply  with  the 
requirements of the NOP in order to be labeled as such. Certain products we sell in our stores could lose their “organic” certification if their 
operation does not comply with the applicable standards and required practices of the NOP, including foreign operations using practices 
allowed under their country’s respective organic equivalency agreement. The loss of any certifications could reduce the availability of 
organic products that we can sell in our stores and harm our business. 

Disruptions affecting our significant suppliers, or our relationships with such suppliers, could negatively affect our business. 

UNFI is our single largest third-party supplier, accounting for approximately 66% of our total purchases in fiscal year 2020. In 
fiscal  year  2016,  we  extended  our  long-term  relationship  with  UNFI  as  our  primary  supplier  of  dry  grocery  and  frozen  food  products 
through May 31, 2021. In May 2018, we entered into an amendment to our agreement with UNFI pursuant to which we appointed Albert’s 
Organics, a wholly owned subsidiary of UNFI, as our primary supplier of organic produce products for the majority of our stores. If our 
distribution agreement  with  UNFI  were  terminated  or  not  renewed, we  may  be unable  to establish  alternative  distribution  channels  on 
reasonable terms or at all. Due to this concentration of purchases from a single third-party supplier, the cancellation or non-renewal of our 
distribution  agreement  with  UNFI,  or  the  disruption,  delay  or  inability  of  UNFI  to  deliver  product  to  our  stores,  could  materially  and 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if UNFI or any of our other suppliers fail to comply 
with food safety, labeling or other laws and regulations, or face allegations of non-compliance, that supplier’s operations may be disrupted, 
which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We and certain of our vendors use overseas sourcing to varying degrees to manufacture some or all of the products we sell. Any 
event causing a sudden disruption of manufacturing or imports from such foreign countries, including the imposition of additional import 
restrictions,  unanticipated  political  changes,  increased  customs  duties  or  tariffs,  labor  disputes,  health  epidemics,  adverse  weather 
conditions,  crop  failure,  acts  of  war  or  terrorism,  legal  or  economic  restrictions  on  overseas  suppliers’  ability  to  produce  and  deliver 
products, and natural disasters, could increase our costs and materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
Our business is also subject to a variety of other risks generally associated with indirectly sourcing goods from abroad, such as political 
instability, disruption of imports by labor disputes, currency fluctuations and local business practices. In addition, requirements imposed 
by the FSMA compel importers to verify that food products and ingredients produced by a foreign supplier comply with all applicable legal 
and regulatory requirements enforced by the FDA, which could result in certain products being deemed ineligible for import. In addition, 
the Department of Homeland Security may at times prevent the importation or customs clearance of certain products and ingredients for 
reasons unrelated to food safety. 

Adverse weather conditions, natural disasters and the effects of climate change could disrupt our supply chain and adversely 

impact our sales and financial performance. 

Adverse weather conditions and natural disasters could impact customer traffic at our stores, make it more difficult to fully staff 
our stores and, in more severe cases, such as hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, droughts, tornadoes or blizzards, eliminate the availability, or 
significantly increase the cost, of the products we sell, reduce or eliminate our ability to deliver supplies to the affected stores and cause 
closures  of  the  affected  stores,  sometimes  for  prolonged  periods  of  time.  In  addition,  climate  change  could  reduce  or  eliminate  the 
availability, or significantly increase the cost, of the products we sell at our stores. The increasing frequency and unpredictability of adverse 
weather conditions may result in decreased customer traffic, less accurate year-to-year comparisons in sales, supply disruptions and other 
factors affecting our financial performance. Any of these situations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. 

25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Acts of violence at or threatened against our stores or the shopping centers in which they are located, including active shooter 

situations and terrorist acts, could adversely impact our sales, which could materially adversely affect our financial performance. 

Any act of violence at or threatened against our stores or the shopping centers in which they are located, including active shooter 
situations and terrorist acts, may result in restricted access to our stores or store closures in the short-term and, in the long-term, may cause 
our customers and Crew members to avoid our stores. Any such situation could adversely impact customer traffic and make it more difficult 
to fully staff our stores, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The current geographic concentration of our stores creates exposure to local economies, regional downturns, severe weather 

and other catastrophic occurrences. 

As of September 30, 2020, we had primary store concentration in Colorado and Texas, operating 41 stores and 25 stores in those 
states, respectively. As a result, our business is currently more susceptible to regional conditions than the operations of more geographically 
diversified  competitors,  and  we  are  vulnerable  to  economic  downturns  in  those  regions.  Any  unforeseen  events  or  circumstances  that 
negatively affect these areas could materially adversely affect our revenue and profitability. These factors include, among other things, 
changes in demographics, population, competition, consumer preferences, wage increases, new or revised laws or regulations, fires, floods 
or other natural disasters in these regions. Such conditions may result in reduced customer traffic and spending in our stores, physical 
damage to our stores, loss of inventory, closure of one or more of our stores, inadequate work force in our markets, temporary disruption 
in the supply of products, delays in the delivery of goods to our stores and a reduction in the availability of products in our stores. Any of 
these factors may disrupt our business and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

If we fail to maintain our reputation and the value of our brand, our sales may decline. 

We  believe  our  continued  success  depends  on  our  ability  to  maintain  and  grow  the  value  of  the  Natural  Grocers  brand. 
Maintaining, promoting and positioning our brand and reputation will depend largely on the success of our marketing and merchandising 
efforts  and  our  ability  to  provide  a  consistent,  high-quality  customer  experience.  Brand  value  is  based  in  large  part  on  perceptions  of 
subjective qualities, and business incidents, whether isolated or recurring, can erode consumer trust and confidence, particularly if they 
result in adverse publicity, governmental investigations or litigation. Our failure, or perceived failure, to achieve these objectives, or the 
tarnishing of our public image or reputation by negative publicity, could significantly reduce our brand value, trigger boycotts of our stores 
or  products  or  demonstrations  at  our  stores  and  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. Sources of negative publicity may include, among others, social media posts, investment or financial community posts, concerns 
regarding the safety of natural and organic products or dietary supplements and poor reviews of our stores, products, customer service and 
employment environment. 

Perishable food product losses could materially impact our results of operations. 

Our stores offer a significant number of perishable products. Our offering of perishable products may result in significant product 

inventory losses in the event of extended power or other utility outages, natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences. 

The decision by certain of our suppliers to distribute their specialty products through other retail distribution channels could 

negatively impact our revenue from the sale of such products. 

Some of the specialty retail products that we sell in our stores are not generally available through other retail distribution channels 
such as drug stores, conventional grocery stores or mass merchandisers. In the future, our suppliers could decide to distribute such products 
through other retail distribution channels, allowing more of our competitors to offer these products to our core customers, which could 
negatively impact our revenue. 

Our ability to operate our business effectively could be impaired if we fail to retain or attract key personnel or are unable to 

attract, train and retain qualified employees. 

Our business requires disciplined execution at all levels of our organization. This execution requires an experienced and talented 
management team. The loss of any member of our senior management team, particularly Kemper Isely or Zephyr Isely, our Co-Presidents 
since 1998, or Heather Isely or Elizabeth Isely, our Executive Vice Presidents since 1998, could have a material adverse effect on our 
ability to operate our business, financial condition and results of operations, unless, and until, we are able to find a qualified replacement. 
Furthermore, our ability to manage our new store growth will require us to attract, motivate and retain qualified managers, NHCs and store 
employees who understand and appreciate our culture and are able to represent our brand effectively in our stores. Competition for such 
personnel  is  intense,  and  we  may  be  unable  to  attract,  assimilate  and  retain  the  personnel  required  to  grow  and  operate  our  business 
profitably. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling wage and labor-related costs, is subject to numerous external factors, 
including the availability of a sufficient number of qualified persons in the work force in the markets in which we are located, unemployment 
levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs and changes in employment 
legislation. If we are unable to offer competitive wages, it may be more difficult for us identify, hire and retain qualified personnel or the 
quality of our workforce could decline, causing customer service to suffer. 

26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Any  significant interruption  in the  operations  of  our  bulk  food  repackaging  facility  and  distribution  center  or  our  supply 

chain network could disrupt our ability to deliver our merchandise in a timely manner. 

We repackage and distribute some of the products we sell through our bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center in 
Golden, Colorado. Any significant interruption in the operation of our bulk food repackaging and distribution center infrastructure, such as 
disruptions due to fire, severe weather or other catastrophic events, power outages, labor disagreements, pathogen or toxic contamination, 
or  shipping  problems,  could  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  receive  and  process  orders,  and  distribute  products  to  our  stores.  Such 
interruptions could result in lost sales, cancelled sales and a loss of customer loyalty to our brand. While we maintain business interruption 
and  property  insurance,  if  the  operation  of  our  distribution  facility  were  interrupted  for  any  reason  causing  delays  in  shipment  of 
merchandise to our stores, our insurance may not be sufficient to cover losses we experience. This could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

In addition, unexpected, prolonged delays in deliveries from vendors that ship directly to our stores or increases in transportation 
costs (including as a result of increased fuel costs) could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. Further, labor shortages or work stoppages in the transportation industry, long-term disruptions to the national and international 
transportation infrastructure, reductions in capacity and industry-specific regulations such as hours-of-service rules that lead to delays or 
interruptions of deliveries could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Higher wage and benefit costs could adversely affect our business.  

Changes in federal and state minimum wage laws and other laws relating to employee benefits, including the Patient Protection 
and Affordable Care Act (or its successor or replacement), could cause us to incur additional wage and benefits costs. Increased labor costs 
brought about by changes in minimum wage laws, other regulations or prevailing market conditions could increase our expenses, which 
could have an adverse impact on our profitability, or decrease the number of employees we are able to employ, which could decrease 
customer service levels and therefore adversely impact sales. 

Union activity at third-party transportation companies or labor organizing activities among our Crew members could disrupt 

our operations and harm our business. 

Independent third-party transportation companies deliver the majority of our merchandise to our stores and to our customers. 
Some of these third parties employ personnel represented by labor unions. Disruptions in the delivery of merchandise or work stoppages 
by employees of these third parties could delay the timely receipt of merchandise, which could result in reduced sales, a loss of loyalty to 
our stores and excess inventory. 

While all of our Crew members are currently non-union, our Crew members may attempt to organize and join a union. In recent 
years, the United Food and Commercial Workers Union sought unsuccessfully to organize workers at two of our stores. We could face 
union organizing activities at other locations. The unionization of all or a portion of our workforce could result in work slowdowns, could 
increase our overall costs and reduce the efficiency of our operations at the affected locations, could adversely affect our flexibility to run 
our business competitively, and could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Future events could result in impairment of long-lived assets, which may result in charges that adversely affect our results of 

operations and capitalization. 

Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
of an asset may not be recoverable. Our impairment evaluations require use of financial estimates of future cash flows. Application of 
alternative assumptions could produce significantly different results. We may be required to recognize impairments of long-lived assets 
based on future economic factors such as unfavorable changes in estimated future undiscounted cash flows of an asset group. 

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We have significant lease obligations, which may adversely affect our liquidity and require us to raise additional capital or 

continue paying rent for store locations that we no longer operate. 

We lease our stores, administrative facility and bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center. Our significant level of 
fixed lease obligations requires us to use a portion of cash generated by our operations to satisfy these obligations, which could create 
liquidity  problems  and  require  us  to  raise  additional  capital  through  debt  or  equity  financings,  which  may  not  be  available  on  terms 
satisfactory to us or at all. We require substantial cash flows from operations to make payments under our leases, all of which provide for 
periodic increases in rent. If we are unable to make the required payments under the leases, the owners of the relevant locations may, among 
other things, repossess those assets, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct our operations. Further, the termination of a lease 
due  to  the  non-payment  of  rent  under  such  lease  would  trigger  an  event  of  default  under  our  credit  facility  if  such  termination  could 
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business or our ability to meet our obligations thereunder. 

In addition, our lease costs could increase because of changes in the real estate markets and supply or demand for real estate sites. 
We generally cannot cancel our leases, so if we decide to close or relocate a location, we may nonetheless be committed to perform our 
obligations under the applicable lease including paying the base rent for the remaining lease term. As each lease expires, we may fail to 
negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or any terms at all, and may not be able to find replacement locations that will 
provide for the same success as current store locations. Of the current leases for our stores, five expire in fiscal year 2021, two expire in 
fiscal year 2022, four expire in fiscal year 2023, eight expire in fiscal 2024 and the remainder expire between fiscal years 2025 and 2062. 

Any material disruption to or failure of our information systems could negatively impact our operations.  

We rely extensively on a variety of information systems to effectively manage the operations of our growing store base, including 
for point-of-sale processing in our stores, supply chain, financial reporting, human resources and various other processes and transactions. 
Our information systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer 
viruses, security breaches, catastrophic events and usage errors by our Crew members. In addition, our information technology systems 
may also fail to perform as anticipated, and we may encounter difficulties in implementing new systems, adapting these systems to changing 
technologies or expanding them to meet the future needs and growth of our business. If our information systems are breached, disrupted, 
damaged, encrypted by ransomware, or fail to perform as designed, we may have to make significant investments to repair or replace them; 
suffer interruptions in our operations; experience data loss; incur liability to our customers, Crew members and others; face costly litigation, 
enforcement actions and penalties; and suffer harm to our reputation with our customers. Furthermore, changes in technology could cause 
our information systems to become obsolete, as a result of which it may be necessary to incur additional costs to upgrade such systems. If 
our information systems prove inadequate to handle our growth, we could lose customers, which could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are also vulnerable to certain risks and uncertainties associated with our 
website,  including  changes  in  required  technology  interfaces,  website  downtime  and  other  technical  failures  and  consumer  privacy 
concerns. 

Various third parties, such as our suppliers and payment processors, also rely heavily on information technology systems, and 
any failure of these third-party systems could also cause loss of sales, transactional or other data and significant interruptions to our business. 
Any material interruption in the information technology systems we rely on could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating 
results and financial condition. 

Failure to protect our information systems against cyber-attacks or information security breaches, including failure to protect 
the integrity and security of individually identifiable data of our customers and Crew members, could expose us to litigation, damage 
our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business.  

We rely on computer systems and information technology to conduct our business, including to securely transmit data associated 
with  cashless  payments.  These  systems  and  technology  are  increasingly complex  and  vital  to  our  operations,  which  has  resulted  in  an 
expansion of our technological presence and corresponding risk exposure. In addition, these systems are inherently vulnerable to disruption 
or failure, as well as internal and external security breaches, denial of service attacks and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. If 
we were to experience difficulties maintaining or operating existing systems or implementing new systems, or were subject to a significant 
security breach or attack, we could incur significant losses due to disruptions in our operations. 

In  addition,  we  receive  and  maintain  certain  personal  information  about  our  customers  and  Crew  members.  The  use  of  this 
information  by  us  is  regulated  by  applicable  law.  Privacy  and  information  security  laws  and  regulations  change,  and  compliance  with 
updates may result in cost increases due to necessary systems changes and the development of new administrative processes. 

28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Although  we  have  implemented  procedures  to  protect  our  information,  we  cannot  be  certain  that  our  security  systems  will 
successfully defend against rapidly evolving, increasingly sophisticated cyber-attacks as they become more difficult to detect and defend 
against. Our continued investment in our information technology systems may not effectively insulate us from potential attacks, breaches 
or disruptions to our business operations. If our security and information systems are breached or compromised, or if our Crew members 
fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, and personal or other confidential information is obtained by unauthorized persons or 
used inappropriately, it could interrupt our business, resulting in a slowdown of our normal business activities or limitations on our ability 
to process credit card transactions, and could adversely affect our reputation, ability to compete in the food retail marketplace, financial 
condition and results of operations. Additionally, a data security breach could subject us to litigation, customer demands for indemnification 
for third party claims and/or the imposition of penalties, fines or other assessments. In such event, our liability could exceed our insurance 
coverage or our ability to pay. In addition, a data security breach could require that we expend significant amounts to remediate the breach, 
including changes in our information security systems. 

In recent years, we have implemented numerous additional security protocols in order to further enhance security, including the 
installation  of  EMV,  or  chip  and  PIN,  point-of-sale  terminals  at  all  our  stores.  However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  data  security 
breaches will not occur in the future, or that any such data security breach will be detected in a timely manner. 

Claims  under  our  self-insurance  program  may  differ  from  our  estimates,  which  could  negatively  impact  our  results  of 

operations. 

We  currently  maintain  insurance  customary  for  businesses  of  our  size  and  type  using  a  combination  of  insurance  and  self-
insurance plans to provide for the potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, general liability, professional liability, property insurance, 
director and officers’ liability insurance, cyber risk, vehicle liability and employee health-care benefits. There are types of losses we may 
incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not economically reasonable to insure. Such losses could have a material adverse 
effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by us are estimated, in part, 
by considering historical claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. Our results could be 
materially impacted by claims and other expenses related to such plans if future occurrences and claims differ from these assumptions and 
historical trends. 

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our ability to compete and the value of our brand could be harmed. 

We believe that our trademarks or service marks, trade dress, copyrights, trade secrets, know-how and similar intellectual property 
are important to our success. In particular, we believe that the Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage name is important to our business, as 
well as to the implementation of our growth strategy. Our principal intellectual property rights include registered marks on Vitamin Cottage, 
Health Hotline, Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Vitamin Cottage Natural Grocers, EDAP - Every Day Affordable Price, {N}power, 
Organic Headquarters, Organic Month Headquarters, Organic Produce Headquarters, Natural Grocers Cottage Wine and Craft Beer, 
Resolution Reset Day, These Came First and Natural Grocers Top 10 Nutrition Trends, common law intellectual property rights in certain 
other marks used in our business, copyrights of our website content, rights to our domain names, including www.naturalgrocers.com and 
www.vitamincottage.com, and trade secrets and know-how with respect to our product sourcing, sales and marketing and other aspects of 
our business. As such, we rely on trademark or service mark and copyright law, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements with 
our Crew members and certain of our consultants, suppliers and others to protect our proprietary rights. If we are unable to defend or protect 
or preserve the value of our trademarks or service marks, copyrights, trade secrets or other proprietary rights for any reason, our brand and 
reputation could be impaired and we could lose customers. 

Although several of our brand names are registered in the United States, we may not be successful in asserting trademark or 
service mark or trade name protection and the costs required to protect our trademarks or service marks and trade names may be substantial. 
In addition, the relationship between regulations governing domain names and laws protecting trademarks or service marks and similar 
proprietary rights is unclear. Therefore, we may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe 
upon  or  otherwise  decrease  the  value  of  our  trademarks  or  service  marks  and  other  proprietary  rights.  Additionally,  other  parties  may 
infringe on our intellectual property rights and may thereby dilute our brand in the marketplace. Third parties could also bring additional 
intellectual property infringement suits against us from time to time to challenge our intellectual property rights. Any such infringement of 
our intellectual property rights by others, or claims by third parties against us, could likely result in a commitment of our time and resources 
to protect these rights through litigation or otherwise. If we were to receive an adverse judgment in such a matter, we could suffer further 
dilution of our trademarks or service marks and other rights, which could harm our ability to compete as well as our business prospects, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

29 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Increases in the cost of raw materials could hurt our sales and profitability. 

Costs  of  the  raw  agricultural  commodities  used  in  our  private label  products,  including  our  bulk  repackaged  products,  could 
increase.  Such  commodities  are  generally  subject  to  availability  constraints  and  price  volatility  caused  by  weather,  supply  conditions, 
government regulations, tariffs, energy prices, price inflation and general economic conditions and other unpredictable factors. An increase 
in the demand for or a reduced supply of raw agricultural commodities could cause our vendors to seek price increases from us, which 
could cause the retail price we charge for certain products to increase, in turn decreasing our sales of such products. Supply shortages may 
cause certain items to be unavailable, which could negatively affect our sales. Our profitability may be adversely impacted as a result of 
such  developments  through  reduced  gross  margins  or  a  decline  in  the  number  and  average  size  of  customer  transactions.  The  cost  of 
construction materials we use to build and remodel our stores is also subject to significant price volatility based on market and economic 
conditions.  Higher  construction  material  prices  could  increase  the  capital  expenditures  needed  to  construct  a  new  store  or  remodel  an 
existing store and, as a result, could increase the rent payable by the Company under its leases. 

Deflation could adversely affect our business. 

In addition to inflation, our business could be affected by deflationary pressures. Decreases in food and commodity prices could 
negatively impact sales growth, operating margins and earnings if we or our competitors react by lowering retail prices. As a result, our 
operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. 

Energy  costs  are  a  significant  component  of  our  operating  expenses  and  increasing  energy  costs,  unless  offset  by  more 

efficient usage or other operational responses, may impact our profitability. 

We utilize natural gas, water, sewer and electricity in our stores and use gasoline and diesel in our trucks that deliver products to 
our stores. Increases in energy costs, whether driven by increased demand, decreased or disrupted supply or an anticipation of any such 
events will increase the costs of operating our stores. Our shipping costs have also increased due to fuel and freight prices, and these costs 
may continue to increase. We may not be able to recover these rising costs through increased prices charged to our customers, and any 
increased prices may exacerbate the risk of customers choosing lower-cost alternatives. In addition, if we are unsuccessful in attempts to 
protect against these increases in energy costs through long-term energy contracts, improved energy procurement, improved efficiency and 
other  operational  improvements,  the  overall  costs  of  operating  our  stores  will  increase  which  could  impact  our  profitability,  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Increases in certain costs affecting our marketing, advertising and promotions may adversely impact our ability to advertise 

effectively and reduce our profitability. 

Postage, paper and printing costs affect the cost of our promotional mailings. Previous changes in postal rates increased the cost 
of  our  Health  Hotline  mailings  and  previous  increases  in  paper  and  printing  costs  increased  the  cost  of  producing  our  Health  Hotline 
newspaper inserts. In response to any future increase in mailing costs, we may consider reducing the number and size of certain promotional 
pieces. In addition, we rely on discounts from the basic postal rate structure, such as discounts for bulk mailings and sorting by zip code 
and carrier routes. We are not party to any long-term contracts for the supply of paper. 

We are also affected by increases in billboard costs and the cost of producing and broadcasting our television, radio, internet and 
social media advertising. Previous changes in broadcast rates resulted in an increase in the cost of our television commercials. In response 
to any future increase in broadcast costs, we may consider reducing the frequency, placement and length of certain promotional pieces. We 
are not party to any long-term contracts for broadcast time. Future increases in costs affecting our marketing, advertising and promotions 
could adversely impact our ability to advertise effectively and our profitability. 

Legal proceedings could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our operations, which are characterized by transactions involving a high volume of customer traffic and a wide variety of product 
selections, carry a higher exposure to consumer litigation risk when compared to the operations of companies operating in certain other 
industries. Consequently, we may become a party to individual personal injury, product liability and other legal actions in the ordinary 
course of our business, including litigation arising from food-related illness or product labeling. In addition, our Crew members may from 
time  to  time  bring  lawsuits  against  us  regarding  injury,  hostile  work  environment,  discrimination,  wage  and  hour  disputes,  sexual 
harassment or other employment-related issues. In recent years, there has been an increase in the number of discrimination and harassment 
claims across the United States generally. While these actions are generally routine in nature, incidental to the operation of our business 
and immaterial in scope, the outcome of litigation is difficult to assess or quantify. Additionally, we could be exposed to industry-wide or 
class-action claims arising from the products we carry or industry-specific business practices. While we maintain insurance, such coverage 
may not be adequate or may not cover a specific legal claim. Moreover, the cost to defend against litigation may be significant. There may 
also be adverse publicity associated with litigation that may decrease consumer confidence in or perceptions of our business, regardless of 
whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found liable. As a result, litigation could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial position and results of operations. 

30 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Effective tax rate changes and results of examinations by taxing authorities could materially impact our results of operations. 

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by our earnings mix being lower than historical results in states where 
we have lower statutory rates and higher than historical results in states where we have higher statutory rates, by changes in the valuation 
of our deferred tax assets and liabilities or by changes in tax laws or interpretations thereof. On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government 
enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Tax Reform Act). If the Tax Reform Act is 
repealed or amended in the future, our Federal tax rate could increase and adversely affect our earnings. In addition, we are subject to 
periodic audits and examinations by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and other state and local taxing authorities. Our results could be 
materially impacted by the determinations and expenses related to proceedings by the IRS and other state and local taxing authorities. 

Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could lead to material misstatements in our financial 
statements, in which case investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price 
of our common stock may decline. 

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting. Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (Sarbanes-Oxley), we are required to file a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal 
control  over  financial  reporting,  and  our  independent  registered public accounting  firm  is  required  to attest  to the  effectiveness  of  our 
internal control over financial reporting. 

If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, if we identify any material weaknesses therein, if 
we are unsuccessful in our efforts to remediate any such material weakness, if our management is unable to report that our internal control 
over financial reporting is effective when required, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion 
as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting when required, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and 
completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected. In addition, we could become 
subject to investigations by the SEC, the NYSE or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management 
resources. 

Changes  in  accounting  standards  may  materially  impact  reporting  of  our  financial  condition  and  reported  results  of 

operations. 

Generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations 
for  many  aspects  of  our  business,  such  as  accounting  for  leases,  inventories,  useful  lives  of  long-lived  assets  for  depreciation  and 
amortization, goodwill and intangible assets, impairment of finite-lived intangible and long-lived assets, self-insurance reserves, income 
taxes and share-based compensation assumptions, are highly complex and involve subjective judgments. Changes in these rules or their 
interpretation or changes in underlying estimates, assumptions or judgments could significantly change or add significant volatility to our 
reported earnings without a comparable underlying change in cash flow from operations. As a result, changes in accounting standards may 
materially impact our reported results of operations. For example, our adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, “Leases,” Topic 
842  in  fiscal  year  2020  resulted  in  a  material  increase  in  lease  liabilities  and  right-of-use  assets  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet.  In 
addition, the transition of several of our financing leases to operating leases under the new standard resulted in an increase in rent expense, 
partially offset by reductions to depreciation and interest expense. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations – Recent Accounting Pronouncements.” 

Risks related to government regulations and policies 

If we or our third-party suppliers fail to comply with regulatory requirements, or are unable to provide products that meet our 

specifications, our business and our reputation could suffer. 

If we or our third-party suppliers, including suppliers of our Natural Grocers brand private label products, fail to comply with 
applicable  regulatory  requirements  or to  meet  our  quality  specifications,  we could  be  required  to  take costly  corrective  action  and  our 
reputation  could  suffer.  We  do  not  own  or  operate  any  manufacturing  facilities,  except  for  our  bulk  food  repackaging  facility  and 
distribution  center  discussed  below,  and  therefore  depend  upon  independent  third-party  vendors  to  produce  our  private  label  branded 
products, such as vitamins, minerals, dietary supplements, body care products, food products and bottled water. Third-party suppliers may 
not maintain adequate controls, including USDA and FDA mandated good manufacturing practices, with respect to product specifications 
and quality. Such suppliers may be unable to produce products on a timely basis or in a manner consistent with regulatory requirements. 
We depend upon our bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center for the majority of our private label bulk food products. We 
may also be unable to maintain adequate product specification and quality controls at our bulk food repackaging facility and distribution 
center, or produce products on a timely basis and in a manner consistent with regulatory requirements. In addition, we may be required to 
find  new  third-party  suppliers  of  our  private  label  products  or  to  find  third-party  suppliers  to  source  our  bulk  foods.  There  can  be  no 
assurance that we would be successful in finding such third-party suppliers that meet our quality guidelines. 

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We, as well as our suppliers, are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations and our compliance with 
these laws and regulations, as they currently exist or as modified in the future, may increase our costs, limit or eliminate our ability to 
sell certain products, require recalls of certain products, raise regulatory enforcement risks not present in the past or otherwise adversely 
affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.  

We  are  subject  to  various  federal,  state  and local  laws, regulations  and  administrative  practices that  affect  our  business.  Our 
suppliers and contract manufacturers are also subject to such laws and regulations. The safety, formulation, manufacturing, processing, 
packaging, importation, labeling, promotion, advertising and distribution of products we sell in our stores, including private label products, 
are subject to regulation by several federal agencies, including the FDA, the FTC, the USDA, the CPSC and the EPA, as well as by various 
state and local agencies. 

Dietary Supplement Risks. Our sale of dietary supplements is subject to the FDA’s comprehensive regulatory authority under the 
FDCA, as amended by DSHEA. DSHEA greatly expanded the FDA’s regulatory authority over dietary supplements and empowered the 
FDA to establish good manufacturing practice regulations governing key aspects of the production of dietary supplements, including quality 
control, packaging and labeling. Under DSHEA, no dietary supplement may bear a statement that expressly or implicitly represents that 
such supplement will diagnose, cure, treat or prevent a disease. If these laws and regulations were violated by our management, Crew 
members, suppliers, distributors or vendors, we could be subject to regulatory enforcement action, public warning letters, product recalls, 
fines, penalties and sanctions, including injunctions against the future shipment and sale of products, seizure and confiscation of products, 
prohibition on the operation of our stores, restitution and disgorgement of profits, operating restrictions and even criminal prosecution in 
some circumstances. In addition, other public and private actors are increasingly targeting dietary supplement retailers and manufacturers 
with class action lawsuits for selling products that allegedly fail to adhere to the requirements of FDCA and DSHEA, including for failing 
to adhere to current good manufacturing practices, making false or misleading product statements, providing inaccurate ingredient identity 
and  potency,  and  failing to  control  or  disclose contaminants,  residues  and  adulterants, as  well  as  for  state common  and  statutory  laws 
regarding deceptive trade practices. 

In addition, DSHEA differentiates between old dietary ingredients, or ODIs (i.e., those ingredients present in the food supply 
prior to October 15, 1994, which require no pre-market notification to the FDA), and new dietary ingredients, or NDIs (i.e., those ingredients 
not proven to be present in the food supply prior to October 15, 1994, which do require pre-market notification to the FDA). The FDA has 
not yet issued final guidance regarding the identification of a NDI or the evidence needed to document a NDI’s safety, but when it does 
such  guidance may  increase  the  cost  of compliance in  establishing  the identity and  safety  of  a NDI.  In  addition,  the  FDA  has  not  yet 
promulgated a definitive list of ODIs, but if it does, such a list of ODIs could disrupt the supply of any dietary supplements made from 
ingredients that are currently believed to pre-date DSHEA but are not ultimately classified as an ODI. Accordingly, changes in dietary 
supplement regulation could also materially adversely affect the cost and availability of the dietary supplement products that we sell. 

Advertising  and  Products  Claims  Risks.  We  could  also  be  the  target  of  claims  relating  to  false  or  deceptive  advertising  in 
connection with the marketing and advertising of the products we sell, including under the auspices of the FTC, the consumer protection 
statutes of some states and some non-government watchdog groups. In addition, the FDA has aggressively enforced its regulations with 
respect to structure/function claims (e.g., “calcium builds strong bones”), health claims (e.g., "adequate calcium throughout life may reduce 
the risk of osteoporosis"), nutrient content claims (e.g., “high in antioxidants”) and other claims that impermissibly suggest therapeutic 
benefits for certain foods or food components. In addition, the number of private consumer class actions relating to false or deceptive 
advertising against cosmetic, food, beverage and nutritional supplement manufacturers has increased in recent years. These events could 
interrupt the marketing and sales of products in our stores, including our private label products, severely damage our brand reputation and 
public image, increase the cost of products in our stores, result in product recalls or litigation, and impede our ability to deliver merchandise 
in sufficient quantities or quality to our stores, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results 
of operations and cash flows. 

Our reputation could also suffer from real or perceived issues involving the labeling or marketing of products we sell as “natural.” 
Although  the  FDA  and  the  USDA  have  each  issued  statements  regarding the appropriate  use of  the  word  “natural,”  and the  FDA  has 
indicated it intends to define the term, there is currently no single U.S. government-regulated definition of the term “natural” for use in the 
food industry. The resulting uncertainty has led to consumer confusion, distrust and a growing number of legal challenges. Plaintiffs have 
commenced  class  action  litigation  against  a  number  of  food  companies  and  retailers  that  market  “natural”  products,  asserting  false, 
misleading and deceptive advertising and labeling claims. Should we become subject to similar lawsuits or claims, consumers may avoid 
purchasing products from us or seek alternatives, even if the basis for the claim is ultimately determined to be unfounded. Adverse publicity 
about these matters may discourage consumers from buying our products. Further, the cost of defending against any such class actions 
could be significant. Any loss of confidence on the part of consumers in the truthfulness of our labeling or ingredient claims would be 
difficult and costly to overcome and may significantly reduce our brand value. Any of these events could adversely affect our reputation 
and brand and decrease our sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows. 

32 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Organic and GMO Claims. We are also subject to the requirements of the USDA’s National Organic Program (NOP), which 
establishes federal standards for organically produced agricultural products. The NOP regulations assure our customers that products with 
the “USDA Organic” seal meet consistent and uniform standards. The failure of one or more of our suppliers to comply with the NOP 
regulations could cause a disruption in the supply of our product offerings. In addition, the USDA has recently set forth final rules on the 
labeling of food produced with bioengineering. Although voluntary compliance with these rules began in January 2020, the deadline for 
mandatory compliance is not until January 1, 2022. Therefore, we and our suppliers have sufficient time to comply with these new labeling 
requirements. 

FSMA Implementation Risks. The FSMA significantly expanded food safety requirements and the FDA’s regulatory authority 
over food safety. Voluminous regulations and rules issued under the FSMA are in varying degrees of implementation. In addition, the 
FSMA required the FDA to establish science-based minimum standards for the safe production and harvesting of produce and increase 
inspection  of  foreign  and  domestic  facilities.  With  respect  to  both  food  products  and  dietary  supplements,  the  FSMA  meaningfully 
augmented the FDA’s ability to access both producers’ and suppliers’ records and added new records that must be created and maintained. 
The FSMA also requires the implementation of enhanced tracking and tracing of food and dietary supplements through production and 
distribution and, as a result, added recordkeeping burdens upon our suppliers. In addition, under the FSMA, the FDA now has the authority 
to inspect facilities, certifications and supplier documentation to evaluate whether foods and ingredients from our suppliers are compliant 
with applicable regulatory requirements. Such FDA inspections, and regulatory actions resulting therefrom, may require product recalls, 
delay the supply of certain products or result in certain products being unavailable to us for sale in our stores. The implementation of the 
FSMA requirements may be too expensive or too complicated for some of our suppliers, which may increase the cost, or curtail or eliminate 
the supply, of certain products that we purchase from small and/or local suppliers. 

Homeopathic Products. In recent years, the FDA and FTC have increased their regulatory scrutiny of homeopathic drug products. 
In October 2019, the FDA released new draft guidance on homeopathic drugs, stating that the agency intends to take a risk-based approach 
to  reviewing  how  some  homeopathic  drug  products  are  marketed,  under  which  it  will  prioritize  enforcement  and  regulatory  actions 
involving certain categories of homeopathic drug products marketed without the required FDA approval. Although no final guidance has 
yet been issued, such guidance may require homeopathic products to be approved for sale under a new approval or review regimen or 
otherwise lessen their availability for us to sell in our stores. 

Third-Party Risks. We rely on our suppliers and contract manufacturers to ensure that the products they manufacture and sell to 
us comply with all applicable regulatory requirements and are made using FDA-mandated good manufacturing practices. In general, we 
seek  certifications  of  compliance,  representations  and  warranties,  indemnification  and/or  insurance  from  our  suppliers  and  contract 
manufacturers.  However,  even  with  adequate  insurance  and  indemnification,  the  failure  of  any  products  to  comply  with  applicable 
regulatory requirements could prevent us from marketing such products or require us to recall or remove such products from our stores. In 
addition, any claims of non-compliance could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in the products we sell. 

Other Regulatory Risks. We are also subject to laws and regulations more generally applicable to retailers, including labor and 
employment, taxation, zoning and land use, environmental protection, workplace safety, public health, advertising and selling practices, 
alcoholic beverage sales and handling and transport of products derived from industrial hemp. We cannot predict the nature of future laws, 
regulations,  interpretations  or  applications,  or  determine  what  effect  either  additional  government  regulations  or  administrative  orders, 
when and if promulgated, or disparate federal, state and local regulatory schemes could have on our business in the future. They could, 
however, require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, the recall or discontinuance of certain products not able to 
be reformulated, additional recordkeeping, expanded documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling 
and scientific substantiation. Any or all of such requirements could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

Our sale of products containing cannabidiol (CBD) could lead to regulatory action by federal, state and/or local authorities 

or legal proceedings brought by or on behalf of consumers. 

The Agricultural Improvement Act of 2018 (the 2018 Farm Bill) legalized the cultivation, processing and sale of “industrial hemp” 
(i.e.,  cannabis  containing  no  more  than  0.3%  tetrahydrocannabinol,  or  THC).  Industrial  hemp  contains  CBD,  a  non-psychoactive 
compound. Despite the provisions of the 2018 Farm Bill and subsequent U.S. Department of Agriculture rules, uncertainty exists concerning 
the  legal  and  regulatory  status  of  finished  products  containing  CBD.  The  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (FDA)  has  yet  to  establish  a 
regulatory framework for the manufacture and sale of products containing CBD, and has sent warning letters, sometimes in concert with 
the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), to certain CBD manufacturers that are alleged to have marketed their products in violation of the 
federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FDCA). The warning letters focus on allegations that the CBD manufacturers have marketed 
the products through unsubstantiated health claims. The FDA also announced that it cannot conclude based on current published studies 
that CBD is generally recognized as safe (GRAS) for use in human and animal food products. Food and beverage products, including 
nutritional supplements, that contain non-GRAS ingredients are considered to be adulterated under the FDCA. In addition, certain state 
and local governments have taken action to restrict or prohibit the sale of products containing CBD. Further, class action lawsuits have 
been filed against certain CBD manufacturers alleging that their products are misbranded, mislabeled and falsely advertised under state 
consumer protection laws. 

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We sell products containing CBD at certain of our stores. While we strive to sell products containing CBD only in states and 
localities  where  such  sale  is  permissible,  state  and  local  authorities  in  those  areas  may  adopt  new  laws  and  regulations,  or  adopt 
interpretations of existing laws and regulations, that restrict or prohibit the sale of products containing CBD. Further, we could be subject 
to regulatory action brought by federal, state and/or local authorities, or legal proceedings brought by or on behalf of consumers, that allege, 
among  other  things,  that:  (i)  our  sale  of  products  containing  CBD  violates  applicable  federal  or  state  law  (including  applicable  state 
consumer protection laws); (ii) the products we sell that contain CBD are adulterated, contaminated, or have been misbranded or labeled 
in violation of applicable rules, regulations or standards of the FDA, the FDCA or any other federal or state law or agency; (iii) the products 
we  sell  that  contain  CBD  have  been  labeled  with  (a)  express  or  implied  health  claims  that  are  not  supported  by  appropriate  scientific 
evidence  or  (b)  claims  that  are  difficult  or  impossible  to  verify;  (iv)  the  products  we  sell  that  contain  CBD  have  been  labeled  with 
inappropriate  dosing  instructions  or  use  recommendations;  (v)  the  products  we  sell  that  contain  CBD  have  been  improperly  tested  or 
evaluated or do not contain the stated concentration of CBD; and (vi) the products we sell that contain CBD contain more than the legally 
allowable concentration of THC. Any such regulatory action or legal proceeding could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial position and results of operations. 

The  activities  of  our  Nutritional  Health  Coaches  and  our  nutrition  education  services  may  be  impacted  by  government 

regulation or an inability to secure adequate liability insurance. 

Some of the activities of our NHCs, who, among other duties, provide nutrition oriented educational services to our customers, 
may be subject to state and federal regulation and oversight by professional organizations, or may be misconstrued by our customers as 
medical advice. In the past, the FDA has expressed concerns regarding summarized health and nutrition-related information that: (i) does 
not, in the FDA’s view, accurately present such information; (ii) diverts a consumer’s attention and focus from FDA-required nutrition 
labeling and information; or (iii) impermissibly promotes drug-type disease-related benefits. Although we provide training to our NHCs 
on relevant regulatory requirements, we cannot control the actions of such individuals, and our NHCs may not act in accordance with such 
regulations. If our NHCs or other Crew members do not act in accordance with regulatory requirements, we may become subject to penalties 
or litigation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. We believe we are currently compliant with relevant regulatory 
requirements, and we maintain professional liability insurance on behalf of our NHCs in order to mitigate risks associated with our NHCs’ 
nutrition oriented educational activities. However, we cannot predict the nature of future government regulation and oversight, including 
the potential impact of any such regulation on the services currently provided by our NHCs. Furthermore, the availability of professional 
liability  insurance  or  the  scope of  such  coverage  may  change,  or  our  insurance coverage  may  prove  inadequate,  which may adversely 
impact the ability of our NHCs to provide some services to our customers. The occurrence of any such developments could negatively 
impact the perception of our brand, our sales and our ability to attract new customers. 

Consumers or regulatory agencies may challenge certain claims made regarding the products we sell. 

Our reputation could also suffer from real or perceived issues involving the labeling or marketing of the products we sell. Products 
that we sell may carry claims as to the origin, purity, potency, and identify of ingredients, and claims regarding efficacy or health benefits, 
one example is the use of the term “natural.” Although the FDA and USDA each has issued statements regarding the appropriate use of the 
word “natural,” there is no single United States government-regulated definition of the term “natural” for use in the food industry. The 
resulting uncertainty has led to consumer confusion, distrust and legal challenges. Plaintiffs have commenced legal actions against a number 
of food companies that market “natural” products, asserting false, misleading and deceptive advertising and labeling claims, including 
claims related to genetically modified ingredients. In limited circumstances, the FDA and state attorneys general have taken regulatory 
action against products labeled “natural” but that nonetheless contain synthetic ingredients or components. Another example is products 
not made from animal ingredients but identified on their labels as “meat” or “milk” or similar terms may also be subject to new regulatory 
constraints or legal challenges regarding the accuracy and legality of these terms. Should we become subject to similar claims, consumers 
may avoid purchasing products from us or seek alternatives, even if the basis for the claim is unfounded. Adverse publicity about these 
matters may discourage consumers from buying the products we sell. The cost of defending against any such claims could be significant. 
Any loss of confidence on the part of consumers in the truthfulness of our labeling or ingredient claims could be difficult and costly to 
overcome and may significantly reduce our brand value. Any of these events could adversely affect our reputation and brand and decrease 
our sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

34 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The products we sell could suffer from real or perceived quality or food safety concerns and may cause unexpected side effects, 
illness, injury or death that could result in their discontinuance or expose us to lawsuits, any of which could result in unexpected costs 
and damage to our reputation. 

We could be materially, adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of products we sell. There is 
substantial governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food, cosmetics and dietary supplement safety. We believe that many 
customers hold us to a higher quality standard than other retailers. Many of the products we sell are vitamins, herbs and other ingredients 
that are classified as foods or dietary supplements and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the United States. The products 
we sell could contain contaminated substances, and some of the products we sell contain ingredients that do not have long histories of 
human consumption. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human use or consumption of these ingredients could occur. 
Unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death caused by the products we sell could result in the discontinuance of sales of the products 
we sell or prevent us from achieving market acceptance of the affected products. Such side effects, illnesses, injuries and death could also 
expose us to product liability or negligence lawsuits. Any claims brought against us may exceed our existing or future insurance policy 
coverage or limits. Any judgment against us that is in excess of our policy limits would have to be paid from our cash reserves, which 
would reduce our capital resources. Further, we may not have sufficient capital resources to pay a judgment in which case our creditors 
could levy against our assets. The real or perceived sale of contaminated or harmful products could result in government enforcement 
action, private litigation and product recalls. Such an occurrence could also cause negative publicity regarding our Company, brand or 
products, including negative publicity in social media. The real or perceived sale of contaminated or harmful products could therefore harm 
our reputation and net sales, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, or result in our 
insolvency. 

Our political advocacy activities may reduce our customer count and sales. 

We believe our ability to profitably operate our business depends, in part, upon our access to natural and organic products and 
dietary  supplements.  We  attempt  to  protect  our  interest  in  this  access  through  ongoing  and  proactive  political  advocacy  campaigns, 
including participation in education programs, petitions, letter writing, phone calls, policy conferences, advisory boards, industry groups, 
public commentary and meetings with trade groups, office holders and regulators. We may publicly ally with and support trade groups, 
political  candidates,  government  officials  and  regulators  who  support  a  particular  policy  we  consider  important to  our  business and  in 
alignment  with  our  principles  regarding  access  to  natural  and  organic  products  and  dietary  supplements.  We  may,  from  time  to  time, 
publicly oppose other trade groups, candidates, officeholders and regulators whose point of view we believe will harm our business, or 
impede access to nutritious food and dietary supplements. In some cases, we may lose customers and sales because our political advocacy 
activities are perceived to be contrary to those customers’ points of view, political affiliations, political beliefs or voting preferences. 

If the United States were to withdraw from, or materially modify, certain international trade agreements, or if the United 
States were to withdraw from the World Trade Organization (the WTO), our business, financial condition and results of operations 
could be materially adversely affected. 

Certain of the produce and other products that we sell at our stores are purchased, or contain ingredients sourced, from suppliers 
in Mexico, Canada and other foreign countries. The Trump Administration has expressed antipathy towards certain existing international 
trade agreements and organizations, including the United States’ membership in the WTO. With the Trump administration’s support, the 
United States, Mexico and Canada signed the renamed United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA), which took effect on July 1, 
2020. While we do not believe the USMCA will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, 
it remains unclear what actions, if any, the Federal government will take in the future with respect to other international trade agreements 
to which the United States is a party and the WTO. If the United States were to withdraw from or materially modify international trade 
agreements to which it is a party, or if the United States were to withdraw from the WTO, certain foreign-sourced goods that we sell may 
no longer be available at a commercially attractive price or at all, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

New or increased tariffs on the foreign-sourced goods that we sell or the foreign-sourced materials incorporated into such 

goods could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

The Trump Administration has imposed tariffs on a broad range of foreign-sourced products and materials. In response, various 
trading partners of the United States have imposed retaliatory tariffs and other measures on goods manufactured in the United States and 
weakened their currencies against the United States Dollar. It remains unclear what additional actions, if any, the Federal government will 
take in the future with respect to tariffs on goods imported into the United States. The tariffs that have been imposed have resulted in higher 
costs for certain metal products that we purchase, such as store shelving and cans for our private label products. Although the tariffs imposed 
to date have not had a material impact on the cost or availability of the foreign-sourced goods that we sell or the foreign-sourced materials 
that are incorporated into such goods, there can be no assurance that this will continue to be the case. If existing tariffs were raised, or if 
new tariffs were imposed, on the foreign-sourced goods that we sell or the foreign-sourced materials that are incorporated into such goods, 
such goods and materials may no longer be available at a commercially attractive price or at all, which in turn could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Executive, legislative or regulatory action that restricts or closes access to the United States market from Mexico or Canada 

could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

Certain of the produce and other products that we sell at our stores are purchased, or contain ingredients sourced, from suppliers 
in Mexico and Canada. In recent years, tensions with Mexico and Canada over trade, immigration and other issues have increased. Such 
tensions could lead to executive, legislative or regulatory action to restrict or close access to the United States market from Mexico or 
Canada. If action were taken to restrict or close access to the United States market from Mexico or Canada, the produce and other products 
that we source from those countries may no longer be available or may not be available at commercially attractive prices, which in turn 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Risks related to our indebtedness and liquidity 

Our credit facility could limit our operational flexibility.  

We are party to a credit facility consisting of a $50.0 million revolving loan facility (our Revolving Facility) and a $35.0 million 
term loan facility (our Term Loan Facility, and together with our Revolving Facility, our Credit Facility). Our Credit Facility is secured by 
a lien on substantially all of our assets and contains usual and customary restrictive covenants relating to our management and the operation 
of our business. These covenants, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness; grant liens; engage in certain 
merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions; make certain investments; make loans, advances, guarantees or acquisitions; engage in 
certain  transactions  with  affiliates;  pay  dividends  or  repurchase  shares  of  our  common  stock;  and  permit  certain  sale  and  leaseback 
transactions without lender consent. We are also required to maintain certain financial measurements under our Credit Facility, including 
a consolidated leverage ratio. These covenants could restrict our operational flexibility and any failure to comply with these covenants or 
our payment obligations could limit our ability to borrow under our Credit Facility and, in certain circumstances, may allow the lender 
thereunder to require repayment. 

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, which could adversely impact our 

business. 

As of September 30, 2020, we had no outstanding indebtedness under our Credit Facility. We expect to draw $35.0 million of 
Term Loan Facility borrowings prior to December 16, 2020 to fund a portion of the special cash dividend of $2.00 per common share, 
which was approved by our Board of Directors (the Board) on November 18, 2020. We may incur additional indebtedness in the future, 
including borrowings under our Credit Facility. Satisfying our debt repayment obligations may require us to divert funds identified for 
other purposes and could impair our liquidity position. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations 
could have important consequences, including: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

reducing our ability to execute our growth strategy and open new stores; 

impacting our ability to continue to execute our operational strategies in existing stores; 

impairing our liquidity position; 

impacting our ability to obtain merchandise from our vendors; 

requiring us to delay capital expenditures and divert funds intended for other purposes; 

increasing our vulnerability to competitive and general economic conditions; 

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; 

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and 

adversely  affecting  our  ability  to  borrow  additional  funds  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions,  share
repurchases, dividends or other general corporate purposes. 

36 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of 
assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to take any of such actions on a timely basis, on 
terms satisfactory to us or at all. In addition, if we fail to comply with any of the financial covenants or the other restrictions contained in 
our Credit Facility, an event of default could occur, which may result in the acceleration of all amounts owing under our Credit Facility. 

Our ability to obtain necessary funds through borrowing will depend on our ability to generate cash flow from operations. Our 
ability to generate cash is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our 
control. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or if future borrowings are not available to us under our 
Credit Facility or otherwise in amounts sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs, our business, financial condition and results of 
operations may be adversely affected. 

Our liquidity needs may require us to raise additional capital through debt or equity financings. 

We depend upon cash flow from our operations and borrowings from our Credit Facility to fund our business and execute on our 
growth strategy. In the absence of sufficient cash flow from operations, available cash and available borrowing capacity under our Credit 
Facility, we may be unable to meet our liquidity needs. In that event, we may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing in 
order to fund capital expenditures, to provide additional working capital for our business or to fund the execution of our growth strategy. 
In addition, changes in economic conditions, or market conditions requiring a shift in our business model could result in our need for 
additional debt or equity financing. We cannot predict the timing or amount of any such capital requirements. We do not know whether we 
will be able to take any of such actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us or at all. If financing is not available to us on satisfactory 
terms, or at all, we may be unable to operate or expand our business or to successfully pursue our growth strategy, and our results of 
operations may suffer. Pursuant to the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) Listed Company Manual, in order to rely on the “controlled 
company” corporate governance exemptions, the Isely family is, or entities controlled by the Isely family are, required to retain more than 
50% of the total voting power of our shares of common stock for the election of directors. As long as we intend to remain a “controlled 
company,” these voting requirements will constrain our ability to issue additional shares of our common stock in the future. 

Our share repurchase program may adversely affect our liquidity and cause fluctuations in our stock price. 

In May 2016, our Board authorized a two-year share repurchase program pursuant to which the Company may repurchase up to 
$10.0 million in shares of our common stock. Our Board subsequently extended the share repurchase program, which will terminate on 
May 31, 2022. Potential future share repurchases under the share repurchase program could be funded by operating cash flow, excess cash 
balances  or  borrowings  under  our  Credit  Facility.  The  dollar  value  of  the  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  that  may  yet  be 
repurchased under the share repurchase program is $8.3 million. Such borrowings will reduce the amount of capital available under our 
Credit  Facility  for  other  purposes,  including  our  working  capital  needs,  capital  expenditures  and  funding  the  execution  of  our  growth 
strategy. Repurchases under the share repurchase program may therefore adversely affect our liquidity, which in turn could impact our 
profitability, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, repurchases under the share repurchase program will reduce the 
number of shares of our common stock available for purchase and sale in the public market, which could affect the market price of our 
common stock. 

General risks related to our common stock 

The market price of our common stock has been volatile and may continue to be volatile, and our stockholders may not be 

able to sell our common stock at a favorable price or at all. 

The market price of our common stock is likely to fluctuate significantly from time to time in response to a number of factors, 

most of which we cannot control, including those described under “—Risks related to our business” and the following: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors; 

fluctuations in our quarterly comparable store sales growth; 

changes in our new store growth rate; 

competitive conditions in our industry; 

general economic conditions; 

changes in our earnings guidance; 

37 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

a reduction in the amount of cash dividends on our common stock, the suspension of those dividends or a failure to meet
market expectations regarding potential dividend increases; 

a change in the recommendation by any research analyst that follows our stock or any failure to meet the estimates made by
research analysts; 

the level and quality of securities research analyst coverage for our common stock; 

investor perceptions of our prospects and the prospects of the grocery and dietary supplement industries; 

the performance of our key vendors; 

announcements by us, our vendors or our competitors regarding performance, strategy, significant acquisitions, divestitures, 
strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments; 

introductions of new product or new pricing policies by us or our competitors; and 

failure to recruit or retain key personnel. 

In addition, extreme price and volume fluctuations in the stock markets could affect the market price of equity securities. 

An inability to maintain or improve levels of sales growth could cause our stock price to decline. 

We may not be able to maintain or improve the levels of sales growth that we have experienced in the past. Our overall sales 

growth has fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future. A variety of factors affect sales growth, including: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

our  ability  to  execute  our  business  strategy  effectively,  including  successfully  opening  new  stores  that  achieve  sales
consistent with our existing stores; 

consumer preferences; 

competitive conditions in our industry; 

general economic conditions; 

the impact of the product discounts offered by the {N}power customer loyalty program; 

internally generated competition when we open new stores in markets we already serve; 

regulatory changes; 

product pricing and availability; 

in-store merchandising-related activities; 

consumer confidence; 

initial sales performance at our new stores; and 

our ability to source and distribute products efficiently. 

Many specialty retailers have been unable to sustain high levels of store sales growth during and after periods of substantial 
expansion. These factors may cause our store sales growth results to be materially lower than in prior periods, which could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and could result in a decline in the price of our common stock. 

38 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our current principal stockholders have significant influence over us, and they could delay, deter or prevent a change of 

control or other business combination or otherwise cause us to take action with which our stockholders might not agree. 

Members of the Isely family and certain persons, entities and accounts subject to a stockholders agreement relating to voting and 
limitations on the sale of shares, own or control approximately 59% of our common stock. Due to their holdings of common stock, members 
of the Isely family are able to continue to determine the outcome of virtually all matters submitted to stockholders for approval, including 
the election of directors, an amendment of our certificate of incorporation (except when a class vote is required by law), any merger or 
consolidation requiring common stockholder approval, and a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. Members of the Isely 
family  have the ability to  prevent  change-in-control  transactions as  long as  they maintain  voting control  of  the  Company.  In addition, 
members of the Isely family and trusts controlled by them entered into a stockholders agreement by which they agreed to aggregate their 
voting power with regard to the election of directors. 

In addition, because these holders have the ability to elect all of our directors, they are able to control our policies and operations, 
including the appointment of management, future issuances of our common stock or other securities, the payments of dividends on our 
common  stock  and  entering  into  extraordinary  transactions,  and  their  interests  may  not  in  all  cases  be  aligned  with  our  stockholders’ 
interests. 

We may not be able to continue paying dividends on our common stock. 

We paid a cash dividend of $0.07 per share of common stock during each quarter of fiscal year 2020. On November 18, 2020, 
our  Board  approved a  special  cash  dividend  of  $2.00  per  share  and  a  regular  cash  dividend  of  $0.07  per  share, which  will  be  paid  on 
December 16, 2020 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 30, 2020. The timing, declaration, amount and 
payment of any future cash dividends are at the discretion of the Board and will depend on many factors, including our available cash, 
working  capital,  financial  condition,  earnings,  results  of  operations  and  capital  requirements;  the  covenants  in  our  credit  agreement; 
applicable law; and other business considerations that our Board considers relevant. A reduction in the amount of cash dividends on our 
common stock, the suspension of those dividends or a failure to meet market expectations regarding our dividends could have a material 
adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. If we do not pay cash dividends on our common stock in the future, realization of 
a gain on an investment in our common stock will depend entirely on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may not 
occur. 

If  securities  or  industry  analysts  do  not  publish  research  or  reports  about  our  business,  if  they  adversely  change  their 
recommendations regarding our common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our common stock price could 
decline. 

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish 
about us or our business. One analyst currently covers our stock. If one or more analysts cease to cover our Company or fail to publish 
reports on us regularly, we may lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. 
Moreover, if one or more analysts who cover our Company downgrade our common stock, or if our operating results do not meet their 
expectations, our common stock price could decline. 

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent a change in control, 
even if a sale of the Company could be beneficial to our stockholders, which could cause our stock price to decline and prevent attempts 
by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management. 

Several provisions of our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it difficult for our stockholders 
to change the composition of our Board, preventing them from changing the composition of management. In addition, the same provisions 
may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that our stockholders may consider favorable. 

These provisions include: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

a staggered, or classified, Board; 

authorizing our Board to issue “blank check” preferred stock without stockholder approval; 

prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors; 

limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders; 

prohibiting stockholders from acting by written consent after the Isely family ceases to own more than 50% of the total
voting power of our shares; and 

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board or for proposing matters that can be
acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings. 

39 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of our common stockholders to benefit from a change in 
control and, as a result, could materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our stockholders’ ability to realize any 
potential change-in-control premium. 

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, and, as a result, rely on exemptions 

from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies. 

The Isely family, or entities controlled by the Isely family, own more than 50% of the total voting power of our common shares 
for the election of directors, and therefore, we are considered a “controlled company” under the corporate governance standards set forth 
in the NYSE Listed Company Manual. As a “controlled company,” certain exemptions under NYSE standards free us from the obligation 
to comply with certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, including the requirements: 

● 

● 

● 

that a majority of our Board consists of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the NYSE; 

that our director nominees be selected, or recommended for our Board’s selection, either: (i) by a majority of independent
directors in a vote by independent directors, pursuant to a nominations process adopted by a Board resolution or (ii) by a
nominating  and  governance  committee  composed  solely  of  independent  directors  with  a  written  charter  addressing  the
nominations process; and 

that the compensation of our executive officers be determined, or recommended to the Board for determination, by a majority 
of independent directors in a vote by independent directors, or a compensation committee composed solely of independent
directors. 

Accordingly,  for  so  long  as  we  are  a  “controlled  company,”  stockholders  will  not  have  the  same  protections  afforded  to 

stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. 

None. 

40 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 2. Properties. 

As of September 30, 2020, we had 159 stores located in 20 states, as shown in the following chart: 

State 
Arizona .............................................................................    
Arkansas ...........................................................................    
Colorado ...........................................................................    
Idaho .................................................................................    
Iowa ..................................................................................    
Kansas ...............................................................................    
Louisiana ..........................................................................     
Minnesota .........................................................................    
Missouri ............................................................................    
Montana ............................................................................    
Nebraska ...........................................................................    
Nevada ..............................................................................    
New Mexico ......................................................................    
North Dakota.....................................................................    
Oklahoma ..........................................................................    
Oregon ..............................................................................    
Texas .................................................................................    
Utah ..................................................................................    
Washington .......................................................................    
Wyoming ..........................................................................    

Number 
of Stores 
12 
3 
41 
4 
6 
8 
1 
1 
5 
4 
3 
3 
5 
3 
6 
14 
25 
9 
4 
2 

Our home office is located in Lakewood, Colorado. We occupy our home office under a lease covering approximately 35,000 
square feet; this facility is co-located with one of our stores. Additionally, we lease a 150,000 square foot bulk food repackaging facility 
and distribution center located in Golden, Colorado. That facility also houses a training center and certain administrative support functions.  

As of September 30, 2020, we owned buildings in which eight of our stores are located. Six of those buildings are located on 
land that is leased pursuant to a ground lease; the remaining two stores are on land owned by the Company. In addition, as of September 
30, 2020, the Company had purchased the property for one new store which we opened in the first quarter of fiscal year 2021. Lease terms 
typically range between 10 and 20 years, with additional renewal options. Of the current leases for our stores, five expire in fiscal year 
2021, two expire in fiscal year 2022, four expire in fiscal year 2023, eight expire in 2024 and the remainder expire between fiscal years 
2025 and 2062. We expect that we will be able to renegotiate these leases or relocate these stores as necessary. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings. 

We  periodically  are  involved  in  legal  proceedings,  including  discrimination  and  other  employment-related  claims,  customer 
personal injury claims, investigations and other proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. When the potential liability from a 
matter can be estimated and the loss is considered probable, we record the estimated loss. Due to uncertainties related to the resolution of 
lawsuits, investigations and claims, the ultimate outcome may differ from our estimates. Although we cannot predict with certainty the 
ultimate resolution of any lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe any currently pending legal proceeding 
to which we are a party will have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures. 

Not applicable. 

41 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. 

PART II 

Market Information 

Our common stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol “NGVC.” 

Holders of Record 

As of December 7, 2020, there were 197 holders of record of our common stock, and the closing price of our common stock was 

$13.88. 

Dividend Policy 

We paid a cash dividend of $0.07 per share of common stock during each quarter of fiscal year 2020. On November 18, 2020, 
our  Board  approved a  special  cash  dividend  of  $2.00  per  share  and  a  regular  cash  dividend  of  $0.07  per  share, which  will  be  paid  on 
December 16, 2020 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 30, 2020. The timing, declaration, amount and 
payment of any future cash dividends are at the discretion of the Board and will depend on many factors, including our available cash, 
working  capital,  financial  condition,  earnings,  results  of  operations  and  capital  requirements;  the  covenants  in  our  credit  agreement; 
applicable law; and other business considerations that our Board considers relevant. Our Credit Facility provides that so long as no default 
exists or would arise as a result thereof, Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc. (the operating company) may pay cash dividends to 
Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. (the holding company) in an amount sufficient to allow the holding company to: (i) pay various 
audit, accounting, tax, securities, indemnification, reimbursement, insurance and other reasonable expenses incurred in the ordinary course 
of business and (ii) repurchase shares of common stock and pay dividends on our common stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed 
$10.0 million during any fiscal year. Additionally, on November 18, 2020 the Company amended its Credit Facility to, among other things, 
permit a one-time dividend payment of up to $50.0 million no later than December 31, 2020. See “We may not be able to continue paying 
dividends on our common stock” under “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” 

Use of Proceeds From Registered Securities 

None. 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities 

None. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock between June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020. 

42 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data. 

The  following  selected  financial  data  presented  below  is  derived  from  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
should be read in conjunction with “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Our historical results set forth below are not necessarily 
indicative of results to be expected for any future period. 

Statements of Income Data (dollars in 

thousands): 

Net sales .............................................................    $ 
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs ............      
Gross profit ....................................................      
Store expenses ....................................................      
Administrative expenses ....................................      
Pre-opening and relocation expenses .................      
Operating income ...........................................      
Interest expense, net ...........................................      
Income before income taxes ...........................      
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes ..........      
Net income .....................................................    $ 

Per Share Data: 
Net income per share of common stock (EPS) 

2020 

Year ended September 30, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

2016 

1,036,842       
753,701       
283,141       
227,069       
26,780       
1,543       
27,749       
(2,048)      
25,701       
(5,692)      
20,009       

903,582      
664,829      
238,753      
197,792      
22,837      
1,358      
16,766      
(4,952)     
11,814      
(2,398)     
9,416      

849,042      
623,469      
225,573      
186,741      
21,506      
2,273      
15,053      
(4,560)     
10,493      
2,168      
12,661      

769,030      
556,694      
212,336      
174,350      
20,089      
3,799      
14,098      
(3,793)     
10,305      
(3,414)     
6,891      

705,499  
503,727  
201,772  
156,158  
19,242  
5,993  
20,379  
(3,044) 
17,335  
(5,864) 
11,471  

Basic ...............................................................    $ 
Diluted ...........................................................    $ 

0.89       
0.89       

0.42      
0.42      

0.57      
0.56      

0.31      
0.31      

0.51  
0.51  

Shares used in computation of EPS 

Basic ...............................................................      
Diluted ...........................................................      

22,501,779       
22,577,646       

22,424,328      
22,554,603      

22,361,898      
22,413,038      

22,453,409      
22,463,675      

22,492,986  
22,507,152  

Other Financial Data (Unaudited) (dollars in 

thousands): 

EBITDA(1) ..........................................................    $ 
EBITDA margin(2) ..............................................      
Adjusted EBITDA(1) ..........................................    $ 
Adjusted EBITDA margin(2) ..............................      

58,942       
5.7%     
59,554       
5.7%     

45,743      
5.1      
46,123      
5.1      

44,483      
5.2      
45,068      
5.3      

43,609      
5.7      
43,609      
5.7      

Other Operating Data (Unaudited): 
Number of stores at end of period ......................      
Number of stores opened during the period .......      
Number of stores relocated and remodeled 

during the period ............................................      

Change in daily average comparable store 

sales(3) .............................................................      
Gross square footage at end of period(4) .............      
Selling square footage at end of period(4) ...........      
Average comparable store size (gross square 

feet)(5) .............................................................      

Average comparable store size (selling square 

feet)(5) .............................................................      

Comparable store sales per selling square foot 

159       
6       

2       

153      
6      

5      

148      
8      

3      

140      
14      

2      

12.0%     
2,599,649       
1,687,196       

3.1      
2,522,906      
1,637,150      

5.8      
2,378,240      
1,565,498      

0.1      
2,260,914      
1,483,413      

1.4  
2,031,711  
1,331,785  

16,235       

16,297      

16,149      

16,125      

16,239  

10,623       

10,663      

10,596      

10,570      

10,581  

during period(6) ...............................................    $ 

627       

556      

547      

577      

645  

43 

45,912  
6.5  
45,912  
6.5  

126  
23  

5  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
    
    
  
      
         
        
        
        
  
      
         
        
        
        
  
      
         
        
        
        
  
      
         
        
        
        
  
      
         
        
        
        
  
  
      
         
        
        
        
  
      
         
        
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
2020 

2019 

As of September 30,  
2018 

2017 

2016 

Selected Balance Sheet Data (dollars in 

thousands): 

Cash and cash equivalents ..................................      
Total assets (7) .....................................................      
Total debt(7) (8) ....................................................      
Total stockholders’ equity ..................................      

28,534      
681,792      
400,139      
173,066      

6,214       
327,114       
58,212       
156,906       

9,398       
307,083       
54,334       
146,726       

6,521      
299,991      
61,820      
133,883      

4,017  
282,246  
59,335  
126,725  

(1) 

EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA as 
adjusted to exclude the effects of certain income and expense items that management believes make it more difficult to assess the 
Company’s actual operating performance, including certain items such as impairment charges, store closing costs and non-recurring 
items. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measures of financial performance under GAAP. We believe EBITDA and Adjusted 
EBITDA provide additional information about: (i) our operating performance, because they assist us in comparing the operating 
performance of our stores on a consistent basis, as they remove the impact of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense as 
well as items not directly resulting from our core operations, such as interest expense and income taxes and (ii) our performance 
and the effectiveness of our operational strategies. Additionally, EBITDA is a component of a measure in our financial covenants 
under our Credit Facility. 

Furthermore,management believes some investors use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental measures to evaluate the 
overall  operating  performance  of  companies  in  our  industry.  Management  believes  that  some  investors’  understanding  of  our 
performance is enhanced by including these non-GAAP financial measures as a reasonable basis for comparing our ongoing results 
of operations. By providing these non-GAAP financial measures, together with a reconciliation from net income, we believe we 
are enhancing investors’ understanding of our business and our results of operations, as well as assisting investors in evaluating 
how well we are executing our strategic initiatives. Our competitors may define EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently, and 
as a result, our measure of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA of 
other companies. Items excluded from EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing 
financial performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are supplemental measures of operating performance that do not represent, 
and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to, or substitute for, net income or other financial statement data 
presented in the consolidated financial statements as indicators of financial performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have 
limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported 
under GAAP. Some of the limitations are: 

●  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or 

contractual commitments; 

●  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; 

●  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any impact for single lease expense for leases classified as finance leases 

for the year ending September 30, 2020; 

●  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any impact for straight-line rent expense for leases classified as capital and 

financing lease obligations for the year ended September 30, 2019 and prior; 

●  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest 

or principal payments on our debt; 

●  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes; and 

● 

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to 
be replaced in the future and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements. 

Due to these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to 
us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using 
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental information. 

44 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table reconciles net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, dollars in thousands: 

Net income ......................................................................................    $ 
Interest expense, net ....................................................................      
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes ..................................      
Depreciation and amortization ....................................................      
EBITDA .........................................................................................      
Impairment of long-lived assets and store closing costs .............      
Adjusted EBITDA ..........................................................................    $ 

2020 

20,009       
2,048       
5,692       
31,193       
58,942       
612       
59,554       

2017 

2019 

Year ended September 30, 
2018 
12,661        
4,560        
(2,168 )     
29,430        
44,483        
585        
45,068        

9,416       
4,952       
2,398       
28,977       
45,743       
380       
46,123       

6,891       
3,793       
3,414       
29,511       
43,609       
—       
43,609       

2016 
11,471   
3,044   
5,864   
25,533   
45,912   
—   
45,912   

(2) 

EBITDA  margin  is  defined  as  the  ratio  of  EBITDA  to  net  sales.  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin  is  defined  as  the  ratio  of  Adjusted 
EBITDA  to  net  sales.  We  present  EBITDA  margin  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin  because  they  are  used  by  management  as  a 
performance measurement of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA generated from net sales. See footnote (1) above for a discussion of 
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and Adjusted 
EBITDA. 

(3)  When calculating change in comparable store sales, we begin to include sales from a store in our comparable store base on the first 
day of the thirteenth full month following the store’s opening. We monitor the percentage change in daily average comparable store 
sales by comparing sales from all stores in our comparable store base for a reporting period against sales from the same stores for 
the  same  number  of  operating  months  in  the  comparable  reporting  period  of  the  prior  year.  When  a  store  that  is  included  in 
comparable store sales is remodeled or relocated, we continue to consider sales from that store to be comparable store sales. When 
calculating daily average comparable store sales, we include the comparable store sales divided by the number of selling days in 
each period. We use this metric to remove the effect of differences in the number of selling days we are open during the comparable 
periods. 

(4)  Gross square footage and selling square footage at the end of the period include the square footage for all stores that were open as 

of the end of the period presented. 

(5)  Average comparable store size for gross square feet and selling square feet are calculated using the average store size for all stores 

that were in the comparable store base as of the end of the period presented. 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

Comparable store sales per selling square foot is calculated using comparable store sales for the period divided by the weighted 
average selling square feet per store based on the amount of time the store was included in the comparable store base during the 
period. 

The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU) 2016-02, “Leases”  (Topic 842) 
in February  2016 and  subsequently  issued  related  ASUs  in 2018 and 2019 (collectively,  ASC 842).  ASC 842 requires  lessees  to 
recognize  a  right-of-use  asset  and  corresponding  lease  liability  for  all  leases  with  terms  greater  than 12 months.  Under 
ASC 842, recognition, measurement and presentation of lease expenses depend on whether the lease is classified as a finance or 
operating  lease.  We  adopted  ASC 842 on October  1,  2019, the first day  of  fiscal  year 2020, using  the  modified  retrospective 
transition approach. The adoption of ASC 842 resulted in the recognition of operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities of 
$359.6 million and $377.8 million, respectively, as of October 1, 2019.  

For the year ended September 30, 2020, total debt includes operating and finance lease obligations and outstanding borrowings under 
our Credit Facility. There were no amounts outstanding and $5.7 million outstanding under our Credit Facility as of September 30, 
2020  and  September  30,  2019, respectively.  For  the  years ended  September  30, 2019,  2018,  2017  and  2016,  total  debt  includes 
capital and financing lease obligations and outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facility. 

45 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) should be 
read  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  and  “Selected  Financial  Data,”  which  are  included 
elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This MD&A contains forward-looking statements. Refer to “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning 
of  this  Form  10-K  for  an  explanation  of  these  types  of  statements.  Summarized  numbers  included  in  this  section,  and  corresponding 
percentage or basis point changes may not sum due to the effects of rounding. 

Company Overview 

We operate natural and organic grocery and dietary supplement stores that are focused on providing high-quality products at 
affordable prices, exceptional customer service, nutrition education and community outreach. We offer a variety of natural and organic 
groceries and dietary supplements that meet our strict quality standards. We believe we have been at the forefront of the natural and organic 
foods movement since our founding. We are headquartered in Lakewood, Colorado. As of September 30, 2020, we operated 159 stores in 
20 states, including Colorado, Arizona, Arkansas, Idaho, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Minnesota, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New 
Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, Utah, Washington and Wyoming. We also operate a bulk food repackaging facility and 
distribution center in Colorado. 

We offer a variety of natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements that meet our strict quality guidelines. The size of 
our stores varies from approximately 5,000 to 16,000 selling square feet. For the year ended September 30, 2020, our new stores averaged 
approximately 10,200 selling square feet. 

The growth in the organic and natural foods industry and growing consumer interest in health and nutrition have enabled us to 
continue to open new stores and enter new markets. Over the last five fiscal years, our store base has grown at a compound annual growth 
rate of 9.1%. We relocated one existing store in fiscal year 2020. We plan to open five to six new stores and relocate three to five stores in 
fiscal year 2021. Between September 30, 2020 and the date of this Form 10-K, we have opened one new store in New Mexico. As of the 
date of this report, we also have signed leases for an additional three new store locations expected to open in fiscal years 2021 and beyond. 

Performance Highlights 

Key highlights of our recent performance are discussed briefly below and are discussed in further detail throughout this MD&A. 
Key financial metrics, including, but not limited to, comparable store sales and daily average comparable store sales are defined under the 
caption “Key Financial Metrics in Our Business,” presented later in this MD&A. 

●  Net sales. Net sales were $1,036.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2020, an increase of $133.3 million, or 14.7%, 

compared to net sales of $903.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2019. 

●  Daily  average  comparable  store  sales.  Daily  average  comparable  store  sales  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020 

increased 12.0% from the year ended September 30, 2019. 

●  Net income. Net income was $20.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2020, an increase of $10.6 million, or 112.5%, 

compared to net income of $9.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2019. 

●  EBITDA.  EBITDA  was  $58.9  million  in  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020,  an  increase  of  $13.2  million,  or  28.9%, 
compared  to  EBITDA  of  $45.7 million  for  the year ended  September  30,  2019.  EBITDA  is  not  a measure  of  financial 
performance under GAAP. Refer to the “Selected Financial Data” section of this Form 10-K for a definition of EBITDA 
and a reconciliation of the Company’s net income to EBITDA. 

●  Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA was $59.6 million in the year ended September 30, 2020, an increase of $13.4 million, 
or 29.1%, compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $46.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2019. Adjusted EBITDA is 
not a measure of financial performance under GAAP. Refer to the “Selected Financial Data” section of this Form 10-K for 
a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of the Company’s net income to Adjusted EBITDA. 

● 

Liquidity. We had cash and cash equivalents of $28.5 million as of September 30, 2020 and $48.7 million was available for 
borrowing under our $50.0 million Credit Facility. As of September 30, 2020, the Company had outstanding letters of credit 
of  $1.3  million,  which  amount  was  reserved  against  the  amount  available  for  borrowing  under  the  terms  of  our  Credit 
Facility. 

46 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
●  New store growth. We opened 57 new stores between the beginning of fiscal year 2016 and the end of fiscal year 2020, 

with 159 stores open as of September 30, 2020. We opened six new stores in fiscal year 2020. 

● 

Store Relocations and Remodels. We relocated 15 stores between the beginning of fiscal year 2016 and the end of fiscal 
year 2020. We relocated one existing store in fiscal year 2020. We remodeled two stores between the beginning of fiscal 
year 2016 and the end of fiscal year 2020. One remodel was completed in fiscal year 2020. 

Industry Trends and Economics  

We  have  identified  the  following  recent  trends  and  factors  that  have  impacted  and  may  continue  to  impact  our  results  of 

operations and financial condition: 

●  COVID-19 Pandemic. We have experienced increased levels of net sales and average transaction size due to the COVID-
19 pandemic as public health measures have been implemented by states across our footprint and customers have adjusted 
to these new circumstances. The COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates have also led to an increase in online 
orders for home delivery, which we offer at substantially all our stores in partnership with a third party. While we are closely 
monitoring the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates on our business, the long-term 
impact  of  the  pandemic  is  unknown  at  this  time.  We  expect  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  government 
mandates on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will largely depend on the extent and duration of 
the pandemic, the governmental and public actions taken in response, and the effect the pandemic will have on the U.S. 
economy. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates make it more challenging for management to 
estimate future performance of our business, particularly over the near term. See “The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has 
impacted our operations and this or other future pandemics could materially impact our business, results of operations and 
financial  condition”  under  “Item  1A.-  Risk  Factors.”  Additional  information  regarding  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19 
pandemic and government mandates on our business and results of operations is provided below in this MD&A. 

● 

Impact of broader economic trends and political environment. The grocery industry and our sales are affected by general 
economic conditions, including, but not limited to, consumer spending, the level of disposable consumer income, consumer 
debt,  interest  rates,  periods  of  recession and  growth, the  price  of  commodities, the  political  environment  and consumer 
confidence. 

●  Opportunities in the growing natural and organic grocery and dietary supplements industry. Our industry, which includes 
organic and natural foods and dietary supplements, continues to experience growth driven primarily by increased public 
interest in health and nutrition. Capitalizing on this opportunity, we continue to open new stores and enter new markets, 
however, we currently expect the rate of new store unit growth in the foreseeable future to be comparable to recent years, 
depending on economic and business conditions and other factors, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and 
related government mandates. 

●  Competition. The grocery and dietary supplement retail business is a large, fragmented and highly competitive industry, 
with few barriers to entry. Competition in the grocery industry is likely to intensify, and shopping dynamics may shift, as a 
result of, among other things, industry consolidation, expansion by existing competitors, and the increasing availability of 
grocery ordering, pick-up and delivery options. These businesses compete with us on the basis of price, selection, quality, 
customer  service,  convenience,  location,  store  format,  shopping  experience,  ease  of  ordering  and  delivery  or  any 
combination  of  these  or  other  factors.  They  also  compete  with  us  for  products  and  locations.  In  addition,  some  of  our 
competitors  are  expanding  to  offer  a  greater  range  of  natural  and  organic  foods.  We  also  face  internally  generated 
competition when we open new stores in markets we already serve. We believe our commitment to carrying only carefully 
vetted, affordably priced and high-quality natural and organic products and dietary supplements, as well as our focus on 
providing nutritional education, differentiate us in the industry and provide a competitive advantage. 

●  Consumer  preferences.  Our  performance  is  also  impacted  by  trends  regarding  natural  and  organic  products,  dietary 
supplements and at-home meal preparation. Consumer preferences towards dietary supplements or natural and organic food 
products might shift as a result of, among other things, economic conditions, food safety perceptions, changing consumer 
choices and the cost of these products. A change in consumer preferences away from our offerings, including those resulting 
from reductions or changes in our offerings, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, negative 
publicity  regarding  the  safety  of  dietary  supplements,  product  recalls  or  new  or  upgraded  regulatory  standards  may 
adversely affect demand for the products we sell and could result in lower consumer traffic, sales and results of operations. 

47 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Outlook 

We believe there are several key factors that have contributed to our success and will enable us to increase our comparable store 
sales and continue to profitably expand. These factors include a loyal customer base, increasing basket size, growing consumer interest in 
nutrition and wellness, a differentiated shopping experience that focuses on customer service, nutrition education and a shopper-friendly, 
safe and convenient retail environment, and our focus on high-quality, affordable natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements. 

We currently expect the rate of new store unit growth in the foreseeable future to depend on economic and business conditions 
and other factors, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates. During the past few years, we have enhanced 
our infrastructure to enable us to support growth. In addition, in recent years we believe we have enhanced customer loyalty through our 
{N}power customer loyalty program. 

Over  the  long  term,  we  believe  there  are  opportunities  for  us  to  continue  to  expand  our  store  base,  expand  profitability  and 
increase comparable store sales. However, future sales growth, including comparable store sales, and our profitability could vary due to 
increasing competitive conditions in the natural and organic grocery and dietary supplement industry and regional and general economic 
conditions. In the future, we believe there are opportunities for increased leverage of costs and increased economics of scale in sourcing 
products. However, due to the fixed nature of certain of our costs (in particular, our rent obligations and related occupancy costs), our 
ability to leverage costs may be limited. 

Our operating results may be affected by a variety of internal and external factors and trends, which are described more fully in 

the section entitled “Risk Factors” appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. 

Key Financial Metrics in Our Business 

In assessing our performance, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key measures are as follows: 

Net sales 

Our net sales are comprised of gross sales net of discounts, in-house coupons, returns and allowances. In comparing net sales 

between periods, we monitor the following: 

●  Change in daily average comparable store sales . We begin to include sales from a store in comparable store sales on the 
first day of the thirteenth full month following the store’s opening. We monitor the percentage change in comparable store 
sales by comparing sales from all stores in our comparable store base for a reporting period against sales from the same 
stores for the same number of operating months in the comparable reporting period of the prior year. When a store that is 
included in comparable store sales is remodeled or relocated, we continue to consider sales from that store to be comparable 
store sales. Our comparable store sales data may not be presented on the same basis as our competitors. We use the term 
“new stores” to refer to stores that have been open for less than thirteen months. Daily average comparable store sales are 
comparable store sales divided by the number of selling days in each period. We use this metric to remove the effect of 
differences in the number of selling days we are open during the comparable periods (for example, as a result of leap years 
or the Easter holiday shift between quarters). 

● 

Transaction count. Transaction count represents the number of transactions reported at our stores during the period and 
includes transactions that are voided, return transactions and exchange transactions. 

●  Average transaction size. Average transaction size, or basket size, is calculated by dividing net sales by transaction count 
for a given time period. We use this metric to track the trends in average dollars spent in our stores per customer transaction. 

Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs 

Our cost of goods sold and occupancy costs include the cost of inventory sold during the period (net of discounts and allowances), 
shipping and handling costs, distribution and supply chain costs (including the costs of our bulk food repackaging facility), buying costs, 
shrink expense and store occupancy costs. Store occupancy costs include rent, common area maintenance and real estate taxes. Depreciation 
expense included in cost of goods sold relates to depreciation of assets directly used at our bulk food repackaging facility. The components 
of our cost of goods sold and occupancy costs may not be identical to those of our competitors, and as a result, our cost of goods sold and 
occupancy costs data included in this Form 10-K may not be identical to those of our competitors, and may not be comparable to similar 
data made available by our competitors. Occupancy costs as a percentage of sales typically decrease as new stores mature and increase 
sales. Rent payments for leases classified as finance lease obligations (previously classified as capital and financing lease obligations) are 
not recorded in cost of goods sold and occupancy costs. Rather, these rent payments are recognized as a reduction of the related obligations 
and as interest expense. 

48 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Gross profit and gross margin 

Gross profit is equal to our net sales less our cost of goods sold and occupancy costs. Gross margin is gross profit as a percentage 
of net sales. Gross margin is impacted by changes in retail prices, product costs, occupancy costs and the mix of products sold, as well as 
the rate at which we open new stores. 

Store expenses 

Store  expenses  consist  of  store-level  expenses,  such  as  salary  and  benefits,  share-based  compensation,  supplies,  utilities, 
depreciation, advertising, bank credit card charges and other related costs associated with operations and purchasing support. Depreciation 
expense  included  in  store  expenses  relates  to  depreciation  for  assets  directly  used  at  the  stores,  including  depreciation  on  land 
improvements, leasehold improvements, fixtures and equipment and technology. Depreciation expenses on the right-of-use assets related 
to the finance leases of the stores are also considered store expenses. Additionally, store expenses include any gain or loss recorded on the 
disposal of fixed assets, primarily related to store relocations. Store expenses also include long-lived asset impairment charges. The majority 
of store expenses consist of labor-related expenses, which we closely manage and which trend closely with sales. Labor-related expenses 
as a percentage of sales tend to be higher at new stores compared to comparable stores, as new stores require a minimum level of staffing 
in  order  to  maintain  adequate  levels  of  customer  service  combined  with  lower  sales.  As  new  stores  increase  their  sales,  labor-related 
expenses as a percentage of sales typically decrease. 

Administrative expenses 

Administrative expenses consist of home office-related expenses, such as salary and benefits, share-based compensation, office 
supplies,  hardware  and  software  expenses,  depreciation  and  amortization  expense,  occupancy  costs  (including  rent,  common  area 
maintenance,  real  estate  taxes  and  utilities),  professional  services  expenses,  expenses  associated  with  our  Board,  expenses  related  to 
compliance with the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley, and other general and administrative expenses. Depreciation expense included in 
administrative expenses relates to depreciation for assets directly used at the home office including depreciation on land improvements, 
leasehold improvements, fixtures and equipment and computer hardware and software. 

Pre-opening and relocation expenses 

Pre-opening  and  relocation  expenses  may  include  rent  expense,  salaries,  advertising,  supplies  and  other  miscellaneous  costs 
incurred prior to the store opening. Rent expense is generally incurred from one to four months prior to a store’s opening date for store 
leases classified as operating. For store leases classified as finance leases (previously classified as capital or financing leases), no pre-
opening rent expense is recognized. Other pre-opening and relocation expenses are generally incurred in the 60 days prior to the store 
opening. Certain advertising and promotional costs associated with opening a new store may be incurred both before and after the store 
opens. All pre-opening and relocation costs are expensed as incurred. 

Interest expense, net 

Interest expense consists of the interest associated with finance lease obligations (previously classified as capital and financing 

lease obligations) and our Credit Facility, net of capitalized interest and interest income. 

Income tax expense 

Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with the provisions of Income Taxes (ASC 740). Deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing 
assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are remeasured using enacted tax rates expected to 
apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred 
tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances 
are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. 

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act) was signed into law. Intended to 
provide  economic  relief  to  those  impacted  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  the  CARES  Act,  among  other  things,  includes  provisions 
addressing  the  carryback  of  net  operating  losses  for  specific  periods,  temporary  modifications  to  the  limitations  placed  on  the  tax 
deductibility of net interest expenses, and technical amendments for qualified improvement property (QIP). 

The  Tax  Reform  Act,  enacted  on  December  22,  2017,  changed  various  corporate  income  tax  provisions  within  the  existing 
Internal Revenue Code, including reducing the corporate federal income tax rate from 35% to 21%. Income tax expense also includes 
excess tax benefits and deficiencies related to the vesting of restricted stock units. 

49 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Results of Operations 

The following table presents key components of our results of operations expressed as a percentage of net sales for the periods 

presented: 

Statements of Income Data:* 
Net sales ...........................................................................................     
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs ..........................................     
Gross profit ..................................................................................     
Store expenses ..................................................................................     
Administrative expenses ..................................................................     
Pre-opening and relocation expenses ...............................................     
Operating income .........................................................................     
Interest expense, net .........................................................................     
Income before income taxes .........................................................     
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes ........................................     
Net income ...................................................................................     

__________________________ 

*Figures may not sum due to rounding. 

Other Operating Data: 
Number of stores at end of period ....................................................     
Store unit count increase period over period ....................................     
Change in daily average comparable store sales ..............................     

2020 

Year ended September 30, 
2019 

2018 

100.0%     
72.7  
27.3  
21.9  
2.6  
0.1  
2.7  
(0.2)      
2.5  
(0.5)      
1.9%     

100.0      
73.6      
26.4      
21.9      
2.5      
0.2      
1.9      
(0.5)     
1.3      
(0.3)     
1.0      

159  
3.9%     
12.0%     

153      
3.4      
3.1      

100.0  
73.4  
26.6  
22.0  
2.5  
0.3  
1.8  
(0.5) 
1.2  
0.3  
1.5  

148  
5.7  
5.8  

50 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
      
  
      
        
  
      
  
      
        
  
  
      
  
      
        
  
      
  
      
        
  
    
  
  
 
 
Year ended September 30, 2020 compared to Year ended September 30, 2019 

The following table summarizes our results of operations and other operating data for the periods presented, dollars in thousands: 

   Year ended September 30,      

Change in 

2020 

2019 

     Dollars 

     Percent 

Statements of Income Data: 
Net sales ..................................................................................................   $  1,036,842      
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs .................................................     
753,701      
Gross profit .....................................................................................     
283,141      
227,069      
Store expenses .........................................................................................     
Administrative expenses .........................................................................     
26,780      
1,543      
Pre-opening and relocation expenses ......................................................     
27,749      
Operating income ............................................................................     
(2,048)     
Interest expense, net ................................................................................     
25,701      
Income before income taxes ............................................................     
(5,692)     
Provision for income taxes ......................................................................     
20,009      
Net income ......................................................................................   $ 

903,582      
664,829      
238,753      
197,792      
22,837      
1,358      
16,766      
(4,952)     
11,814      
(2,398)     
9,416      

133,260      
88,872      
44,388      
29,277      
3,943      
185      
10,983      
2,904      
13,887      
(3,294)     
10,593      

14.7% 
13.4  
18.6  
14.8  
17.3  
13.6  
65.5  
(58.6) 
117.5  
137.4  
112.5% 

Net sales 

Net sales increased $133.3 million, or 14.7%, to $1,036.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2020 compared to $903.6 
million for the year ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to a $111.0 million increase in comparable store sales, and a $22.5 million 
increase in new store sales, partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in sales from one store that closed during the first quarter of fiscal 
year 2019. Daily average comparable store sales increased 12.0% for the year ended September 30, 2020 compared to an increase of 3.1% 
for the year ended September 30, 2019. The daily average comparable store sales increase in fiscal year 2020 resulted from a 17.2% increase 
in average transaction size, partially offset by a 4.5% decrease in daily average transaction count. During the second half of fiscal year 
2020, customers reduced their frequency of shopping trips as a result of social distancing practices associated with the COVID-19 pandemic 
and related government mandates, but increased their overall basket size per shopping trip. Comparable store average transaction size was 
$42.38 for the year ended September 30, 2020. The increase in net sales during the year ended September 30, 2020 was primarily driven 
by our customers’ response to the COVID-19 pandemic and related government mandates. Also contributing to the increase in net sales 
during the year ended September 30, 2020 were marketing initiatives, promotional campaigns and increased membership in and usage of 
the {N}power customer loyalty program. 

Gross profit 

Gross profit increased $44.4 million, or 18.6%, to $283.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2020 compared to $238.8 
million for the year ended September 30, 2019, primarily driven by the increased sales volumes resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic 
and related government mandates. Gross profit reflects earnings after product and occupancy costs. Gross margin increased to 27.3% for 
the year ended September 30, 2020 from 26.4% for the year ended September 30, 2019. The increase in gross margin during the year ended 
September 30, 2020 was primarily driven by a decrease in store occupancy and shrink expenses, as a percentage of sales, and an improved 
product margin. 

For the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company had 23 leases for stores which were classified as capital and financing 
lease obligations. As a result of our adoption of ASC 842 effective October 1, 2019: (i) eight previous capital financing lease obligations 
were derecognized and reclassified as operating leases; (ii) 10 previous capital finance leases were classified as finance leases; and (iii) 
five previous capital lease obligations were classified as finance leases. As of September 30, 2020, we had 19 leases that were classified as 
finance leases. The leases that were reclassified to operating leases generate rent expense, which is recorded as occupancy expense, rather 
than a reduction of the lease obligation and as interest expense. 

Store expenses 

Store expenses increased $29.3 million, or 14.8%, to $227.1 million in the year ended September 30, 2020 compared to $197.8 
million in the year ended September 30, 2019. Store expenses as a percentage of sales was 21.9% for each of the years ended September 
30,  2020  and  2019.  The  $29.3  million  increase  in  store  expenses  year  over  year  was  primarily  attributable  to  increased  labor-related 
expenses and the adoption of ASC 842. However, store expenses as a percentage of sales remained consistent year over year due to leverage 
created by the increase in net sales as a result of our customers’ response to the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates. Store 
expenses included long-lived asset impairment charges related to long-lived assets of $0.6 million and $0.4 million in fiscal years 2020 and 
2019, respectively. 

51 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Administrative expenses 

Administrative expenses increased $3.9 million, or 17.3%, to $26.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2020 compared to 
$22.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2019. Administrative expenses as a percentage of sales were 2.6% and 2.5% for the years 
ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Pre-opening and relocation expenses  

Pre-opening and relocation expenses increased $0.2 million, or 13.6%, to $1.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2020 
compared to $1.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2019. The increase in pre-opening and relocation expenses was primarily due 
to the impact of the number and timing of new store openings and relocations. The numbers of stores opened and relocated were as follows 
for the periods presented: 

New stores ........................................................................................................................      
Relocated stores ................................................................................................................      

Year ended September 30, 
2019 
2020 

6      
1      
7      

6  
5  
11  

Interest expense, net 

Interest expense, net of capitalized interest, decreased $2.9 million, or 58.6%, in the year ended September 30, 2020 compared 
to the year ended September 30, 2019. The decrease in interest expense is primarily due to a decrease in the number of finance leases 
(formerly  classified  as  capital  and  financing  leases)  during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020,  as  well  as  a  decrease  in  the  average 
outstanding  balance  under  our  Credit  Facility.  The  decrease  in  interest  expense  attributable  to  the  lower  number  of  finance  leases  is 
consistent with the increase in occupancy costs referred to above given the number of derecognized previous capital finance leases that 
have been reclassified as operating leases and that generate rent expense rather than a reduction of the lease obligation and interest expense.   

Income taxes 

Provision for income taxes increased $3.3 million to $5.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2020 compared to $2.4 million 
for the year ended September 30, 2019. The Company’s effective income tax rate was approximately 22.1% and 20.3% for the years ended 
September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Net income 

Net income in the year ended September 30, 2020 was $20.0 million, or $0.89 in diluted earnings per share compared to $9.4 

million, or $0.42 in diluted earnings per share, in the year ended September 30, 2019. 

Year ended September 30, 2019 compared to Year ended September 30, 2018 

A  comparative  discussion  of  our  results  of  operations  and  other  operating  data  for  the  years  ended  September  30,  2019  and 
September 30, 2018 is set out in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2019 under the heading “Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  –  Results  of  Operations  -  Year  ended  September  30,  2019 
compared to Year ended September 30, 2018.” 

Non-GAAP financial measures 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measures of financial performance under GAAP. We define EBITDA as net income 
before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA as adjusted 
to exclude the effects of certain income and expense items that management believes make it more difficult to assess the Company’s actual 
operating performance, including certain items such as impairment charges, store closing costs and non-recurring items. The adjustment to 
EBITDA for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 related to impairment of long-lived assets charges. 

52 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table reconciles net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, dollars in thousands: 

Year ended September 30, 
2019 
2020 

Net income ........................................................................................................................    $ 
Interest expense, net ......................................................................................................      
Provision for income taxes ............................................................................................      
Depreciation and amortization ......................................................................................      
EBITDA ............................................................................................................................      
Impairment of long-lived assets ....................................................................................      
Adjusted EBITDA .............................................................................................................    $ 

20,009      
2,048      
5,692      
31,193      
58,942      
612      
59,554      

9,416  
4,952  
2,398  
28,977  
45,743  
380  
46,123  

Year ended September 30, 2020 compared to Year ended September 30, 2019 

EBITDA increased 28.9% to $58.9 million in the year ended September 30, 2020 compared to $45.7 million in the year ended 
September 30, 2019. EBITDA as a percentage of sales was 5.7% and 5.1% for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Finance leases (previously capital and financing lease obligations), have a positive impact on EBITDA because, as discussed 
above, they result in lower cost of goods sold and occupancy costs. Conversely, the greater number of stores with operating leases during 
the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, led to higher cost of goods sold and occupancy costs, which negatively impacted both EBITDA 
and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales. The number of stores with finance leases (previously classified as capital and financing 
lease obligations) decreased from 23 as of September 30, 2019 to 19 as of September 30, 2020 as a result of our adoption of ASC 842 
effective October 1, 2019. 

Adjusted EBITDA increased 29.1% to $59.6 million in the year ended September 30, 2020 compared to $46.1 million in the year 
ended September 30, 2019. Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales was 5.7% and 5.1% for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 
2019, respectively. 

Year ended September 30, 2019 compared to Year ended September 30, 2018 

A comparative discussion of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018 
is set out in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2019 under the heading “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Non-GAAP financial measures – EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.” 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental measures 

Management  believes  some  investors’  understanding  of  our  performance  is  enhanced  by  including  EBITDA  and  Adjusted 
EBITDA,  non-GAAP  financial  measures.  We  believe  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  provide  additional  information  about:  (i)  our 
operating performance, because it assists us in comparing the operating performance of our stores on a consistent basis, as it removes the 
impact of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense as well as items not directly resulting from our core operations such as interest 
expense  and  income  taxes  and  (ii)  our  performance  and  the  effectiveness  of  our  operational  strategies.  Additionally,  EBITDA  is  a 
component of a measure in our financial covenants under our Credit Facility. 

Furthermore, management believes some investors use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental measures to evaluate 
the overall operating performance of companies in our industry. Management believes some investors’ understanding of our performance 
is enhanced by including these non-GAAP financial measures as a reasonable basis for comparing our ongoing results of operations. By 
providing these non-GAAP financial measures, together with a reconciliation from net income, we believe we are enhancing analysts’ and 
investors’ understanding of our business and our results of operations, as well as assisting analysts and investors in evaluating how well 
we are executing our strategic initiatives. 

Our competitors may define EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently, and as a result, our measure of EBITDA and Adjusted 
EBITDA  may  not  be  directly  comparable  to  those  of  other  companies.  Items  excluded  from  EBITDA  are  significant  components  in 
understanding and assessing financial performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are supplemental measures of operating performance 
that  do  not  represent,  and  should  not  be  considered  in  isolation  or  as  an  alternative  to,  or  substitute  for,  net  income  or  other  financial 
statement data presented in the consolidated financial statements as indicators of financial performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA 
have limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation, or as an alternative to, or as a substitute for, analysis of our 
results as reported under GAAP. 

For  additional  discussion  of  our  use  of  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA,  and  some  of  their  limitations,  please  refer  to  the 

“Selected Financial Data” section of this Form 10-K. 

53 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Our ongoing primary sources of liquidity are cash generated from operations, current balances of cash and cash equivalents and 
borrowings under our Credit Facility. Our primary uses of cash are for purchases of inventory, operating expenses, capital expenditures 
predominantly in connection with opening, relocating and remodeling stores, debt service and corporate taxes. As of September 30, 2020, 
we had $28.5 million in cash and cash equivalents and $48.7 million available for borrowing under our Credit Facility. On November 18, 
2020, we entered into a $35.0 million Term Loan Facility maturing November 13, 2024, which was undrawn as of the date of this report. 
We  expect to  draw  $35.0 million  of  Term  Loan  Facility  borrowings  prior  to  December  16,  2020  to  fund  a  portion  of  the  special  cash 
dividend approved by our Board on November 18, 2020. 

In May 2016, our Board authorized a two-year share repurchase program pursuant to which the Company may repurchase up to 
$10.0 million in shares of the Company’s common stock. Our Board subsequently extended the share repurchase program, which will 
terminate on May 31, 2022. We did not repurchase any shares during the year ended September 30, 2020. Between October 1, 2020 and 
December 7, 2020 (the latest practicable date for making the determination), we did not repurchase any additional shares of our common 
stock. The dollar value of the shares of the Company’s common stock that may yet be repurchased under the share repurchase program is 
$8.3 million. Potential future share repurchases under the share repurchase program could be funded by operating cash flow, excess cash 
balances or borrowings under our Credit Facility. The timing and the number of shares repurchased will be dictated by our capital needs 
and stock market conditions. 

We paid a cash dividend of $0.07 per share of common stock during each quarter of fiscal year 2020. On November 18, 2020, 
our  Board  approved a  special  cash  dividend  of  $2.00  per  share  and  a  regular  cash  dividend  of  $0.07  per  share, which  will  be  paid  on 
December 16, 2020 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 30, 2020. 

We plan to continue to open new stores, which has previously required and may continue to require us to borrow additional 
amounts under our Credit Facility in the future. We believe that cash and cash equivalents, together with the cash generated from operations 
and  the  borrowing  availability  under  our  Credit  Facility  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  our  working  capital  needs  and  planned  capital 
expenditures, including capital expenditures related to new store needs, repayment of debt, stock repurchases and dividends for at least the 
next 12 months. Our working capital position benefits from the fact that we generally collect cash from sales to customers the same day or, 
in the case of credit or debit card transactions, within days from the related sale. 

The following is a summary of our operating, investing and financing activities for the periods presented, dollars in thousands: 

Year ended September 30, 

2020 

2019 

Net cash provided by operating activities .....................................................................   $ 
Net cash used in investing activities ..............................................................................     
Net cash used in financing activities .............................................................................     
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ....................................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ...............................................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year .........................................................................   $ 

66,503      
(29,557)     
(14,626)     
22,320      
6,214      
28,534      

37,382  
(31,865) 
(8,701) 
(3,184) 
9,398  
6,214  

Year ended September 30, 2020 compared to Year ended September 30, 2019 

Operating Activities 

Net cash provided by operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation 
and  amortization  and  changes  in  deferred  taxes,  and  the  effect  of  working  capital  changes.  Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities 
increased $29.1 million, or 77.9%, to $66.5 million in the year ended September 30, 2020, from $37.4 million in the year ended September 
30, 2019. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to an increase in cash provided by working capital and 
an increase in net income adjusted for non-cash items. 

54 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
       
        
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Investing Activities 

Net cash used in investing activities consists primarily of capital expenditures. Net cash used in investing activities decreased 
$2.3 million, or 7.2%, to $29.6 million in the year ended September 30, 2020 compared to $31.9 million in the year ended September 30, 
2019.  Cash  paid  for  capital  expenditures  decreased  $3.3  million  in  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020  compared  to  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2019, driven by the number and the timing of new store openings and store relocations. 

During the year ended September 30, 2020, we opened six new stores, relocated one store and remodeled one store, compared to 
opening six new stores and relocating five stores during the year ended September 30, 2019. We plan to spend approximately $28 million 
to $35 million on capital expenditures during fiscal year 2021 in connection with the opening of five to six planned new stores and three to 
five  store  relocations. We anticipate  that our  new  stores  will  require,  on average, an  upfront  capital  investment  of  approximately  $2.2 
million per store. 

Acquisition of property and equipment not yet paid decreased $3.9 million to $2.4 million in fiscal year 2020 compared to $6.3 

million in fiscal year 2019 due to the timing of payments related to new store openings and relocations. 

Financing Activities 

Net cash used in financing activities consists primarily of borrowings and repayments under our Credit Facility, payments of 
finance lease obligations (previously capital and financing lease obligations) and dividends paid to shareholders. Net cash used in financing 
activities was $14.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2020 compared to $8.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2019. The 
increase in cash used in financing activities for the year ended September 30, 2020 was primarily due to dividends paid to shareholders of 
$6.3 million in the year ended September 30, 2020 and net incremental repayments of $5.7 million under our Credit Facility during the 
year ended September 30, 2020 compared to net incremental repayments of $7.5 million during the year ended September 30, 2019. 

Year ended September 30, 2019 compared to Year ended September 30, 2018 

A comparative discussion of operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended September 30, 2019 and September 
30, 2018 is set out in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2019 under the heading “Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 

Credit Facility 

The amount available for borrowing under the Revolving Facility is $50.0 million, including a $5.0 million sub-limit for standby 
letters of credit. As of the date of this report, the Company has undrawn term loan commitments of $35.0 million under the Term Loan 
Facility. The operating company is the borrower under the Credit Facility and its obligations under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by 
the holding company and Vitamin Cottage Two Ltd. Liability Company (VC2). The Credit Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all 
of the Company’s assets. The Company has the right to borrow, prepay and re-borrow amounts under the Credit Facility at any time prior 
to the maturity date. On November 13, 2019, the Company amended the Credit Facility to extend the maturity date to November 13, 2024 
and permit the operating company to pay cash dividends to Natural Grocers in an amount sufficient to allow Natural Grocers to repurchase 
shares of common stock and pay dividends on its common stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million during any fiscal year. 
On November 18, 2020, we entered into the Fourth Amendment to the Credit Facility (the Fourth Amendment) to effect the Term Loan 
Facility. We expect to draw $35.0 million of Term Loan Facility borrowings prior to December 16, 2020 to fund a portion of the special 
cash dividend approved by our Board on November 18, 2020. The Fourth Amendment also permits the Company to make a one-time 
dividend payment of up to $50.0 million no later than December 31, 2020. 

Base rate borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a fluctuating base rate as determined by the lenders’ administrative 
agent based on the most recent compliance certificate of the operating company and stated at the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 
0.50%, (ii) the prime rate, and (iii) the Eurodollar rate plus 1.00%, less the lender spread based upon the Company’s consolidated leverage 
ratio. Eurodollar rate borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest based on the London Interbank Offered Rate, or its successor rate 
(LIBOR), for the interest period plus the lender spread based upon the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. The unused commitment 
fee is also based upon the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. At the Company’s election, the Revolving Facility currently bears interest 
at the Eurodollar rate and we expect that borrowings under the Term Loan Facility, when drawn, will bear interest at the Eurodollar rate. 
The Company will repay principal amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facility in equal quarterly installments of approximately $0.4 
million from March 31, 2021 through September 30, 2024, with the remaining principal amount payable on the maturity date. Amounts 
repaid on the Term Loan Facility may not be reborrowed. 

55 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The Credit Facility requires compliance with certain customary operational and financial covenants, including a leverage ratio. 
The Credit Facility also contains certain other customary limitations on the Company’s ability to incur additional debt, guarantee other 
obligations, grant liens on assets and make investments or acquisitions, among other limitations. Additionally, the Credit Facility prohibits 
the payment of cash dividends to the holding company from the operating company, provided that so long as no default exists or would 
arise as a result thereof, the operating company may pay cash dividends to the holding company in an amount sufficient to allow the holding 
company to: (i) pay various audit, accounting, tax, securities, indemnification, reimbursement, insurance and other reasonable expenses 
incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) repurchase shares of common stock and pay dividends on our common stock in an 
aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million during any fiscal year. 

We had no amounts outstanding and $5.7 million outstanding under the Credit Facility as of September 30, 2020 and September 
30, 2019, respectively. As of September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, we had undrawn, issued and outstanding letters of credit of $1.3 
million and $1.0 million, respectively, which were reserved against the amount available for borrowing under the terms of the Revolving 
Facility. We had $48.7 million and $43.3 million available for borrowing under the Credit Facility as of September 30, 2020 and September 
30, 2019, respectively. 

As of each of September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, the Company was in compliance with the debt covenants under the 

Credit Facility. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We  have  no  other  off-balance  sheet  arrangements  that  have  had,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  have,  a  material  effect  on  our 

consolidated financial statements or financial condition. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

For  a  description  of  new  applicable  accounting  pronouncements,  including  those  recently  adopted,  see  Note  2, Basis  of 
Presentation  and  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  included  in  Item 
8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual 
amounts may differ from these estimates. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions and factors that 
we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our accounting policies and resulting estimates on an ongoing basis to 
make adjustments we consider appropriate under the facts and circumstances. 

We  have chosen  accounting  policies  that  we  believe  are appropriate  to  report accurately and  fairly  our  operating results and 
financial position, and we apply those accounting policies in a consistent manner. Refer to our consolidated financial statements and related 
notes for a summary of our significant accounting policies. We believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical in the 
preparation of our consolidated financial statements because they involve the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments about the 
effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. 

Income Taxes 

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. This method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and 
liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between the tax basis and financial reporting 
basis of our assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in the respective jurisdictions in 
which we operate. We consider the need to establish valuation allowances to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts that we 
believe are more likely than not to be recovered. 

We recognize the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained by the relevant 
taxing authority. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. 
Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. 

Significant  accounting  judgment  is  required  in  determining the  provision  for  income  taxes  and  related accruals, deferred  tax 
assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of business, there are transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. 
In addition, we are subject to periodic audits and examinations by the IRS and other state and local taxing authorities. Although we believe 
that our estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates. 

To the extent we prevail in matters for which reserves have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our 
reserves, our effective income tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement 
would require the use of our cash and would result in an increase in our effective income tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable 
tax settlement would be recognized as a reduction in our effective income tax rate in the period of resolution. 

56 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

We assess our goodwill and intangible assets primarily consisting of trademarks, favorable operating leases and covenants-not-
to-compete at least annually. The Company’s annual impairment testing of goodwill is performed as of July 1. In performing the Company’s 
analysis of goodwill, the Company first evaluates qualitative factors, including relevant events and circumstances, to determine whether it 
is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-
04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment,” Topic 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other” (ASU 2017-04). Early adoption is 
permitted  and  the  Company  early  adopted  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020.  The  amendments  in  ASU  2017-04  simplify  the 
accounting for goodwill impairment for all entities by requiring impairment charges to be based on the first step in the current two-step 
impairment test. An impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value should be 
recognized;  however,  the  loss  recognized  should  not  exceed  the  total  amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  that  reporting  unit.  There  are 
significant judgments and estimates within the processes; it is therefore possible that materially different amounts could be recorded if we 
used different assumptions or if the underlying circumstances were to change. As of September 30, 2020, the Company has recorded no 
impairment charges related to goodwill. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Store Closing Costs 

We  assess  our  long-lived  assets,  principally  property  and  equipment,  for  possible  impairment  at  least  annually,  or  whenever 
events  or changes  in  circumstances  indicate the carrying  amount  of  an asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  Recoverability is  measured by  a 
comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. We aggregate 
long-lived assets at the store level which we consider to be the lowest level in the organization for which independent identifiable cash 
flows are available. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, 
impairment is recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeds its fair value. 

Our judgment regarding events or changes in circumstances that indicate an asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable is 
based on several factors such as historical and forecasted operating results, significant industry trends and other economic factors. Further, 
determining whether an impairment exists requires that we use estimates and assumptions in calculating the future undiscounted cash flows 
expected to be generated by the assets. These estimates and assumptions look several years into the future and include assumptions on 
future  store  revenue  growth,  potential  impact  of  operational  changes,  competitive  factors,  inflation  and  the  economy.  Application  of 
alternative assumptions could produce materially different results. 

If the Company commits to a plan to dispose of a long-lived asset before the end of its previously estimated useful life, estimated 
cash flows are revised accordingly, and the Company may be required to record an asset impairment write-down. Additionally, related 
liabilities arise, such as severance, contractual obligations and other accruals associated with store closings from decisions to dispose of 
assets.  The  Company  estimates  these  liabilities  based  on  the  facts  and  circumstances  in  existence  for  each  restructuring  decision.  The 
amounts the Company will ultimately realize or disburse could differ from the amounts assumed in arriving at the asset impairment and 
restructuring charge recorded. 

Leases  

We lease retail stores, a bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center, land and administrative offices under long-term 
operating leases or finance leases. Accounting for leased properties requires compliance with technical accounting rules and significant 
judgment by management. Application of these accounting rules and assumptions made by management will determine whether the lease 
is accounted for as an operating lease, whether we are considered the owner for accounting purposes or whether the lease is accounted for 
as a finance lease. 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” 
in February 2016 and subsequently issued related ASUs in 2018 and 2019 (collectively, “ASC 842”). ASC 842 requires lessees to recognize 
a  right-of-use  asset  and  corresponding  lease  liability  for  all  leases  with  terms  greater  than  12  months.  Under  ASC  842,  recognition, 
measurement and presentation of lease expenses depend on whether the lease is classified as a finance or operating lease. 

We adopted ASC 842 on October 1, 2019, the first day of fiscal year 2020, using the modified retrospective transition approach. 
In addition, we elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which, among 
other things, permits companies not to reassess prior conclusions on lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. We did 
not elect the hindsight practical expedient. 

57 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Operating  lease  liabilities  represent  the  present  value  of  lease  payments  not  yet  paid.  Operating  lease  assets  represent  the 
Company’s right to use an underlying asset and are based upon the operating lease liabilities adjusted for prepayments or accrued lease 
payments, initial direct costs, lease incentives and impairment of operating lease assets. 

Most leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms normally expressed in periods of five-year increments. 
The exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company’s sole discretion. The lease term includes the initial contractual term as well as 
any options to extend the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. 

As most of the Company’s lease agreements do not provide an implicit discount rate, the Company uses an estimated incremental 
borrowing rate, which is derived from third-party lenders, to determine the present value of lease payments. We use other observable market 
data to evaluate the appropriateness of the rate derived from the lenders. The estimated incremental borrowing rate is based on the borrowing 
rate for a secured loan with a term similar to the expected term of the lease. 

Significant accounting judgment and assumptions are required in determining the accounting for leases, including: 

● 

fair market value of the leased asset, which is generally estimated based on project costs or comparable market data. Fair 
market value is used as a factor in determining whether the lease is accounted for as an operating or finance lease, and is 
used for recording the leased asset when we are determined to be the owner for accounting purposes; 

●  minimum lease term that includes contractual lease periods, and may also include the exercise of renewal options if the 
exercise of the option is determined to be reasonably assured or where failure to exercise such options would result in an 
economic penalty. The minimum lease term is used as a factor in determining whether the lease is accounted for as an 
operating lease or a finance lease and in determining the period over which to depreciate the finance lease asset; and 

● 

incremental borrowing rate which is estimated based on treasury rates for debt with maturities comparable to the minimum 
lease term and our credit spread and other premiums. The incremental borrowing rate is used as a factor in determining the 
present value of the minimum lease payments which is then used in determining whether the lease is accounted for as an 
operating  lease  or  finance  lease,  as  well  as  for  allocating  our  rental  payments  on  operating  and  finance  leases  between 
interest expense and a reduction of the outstanding obligation. 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. 

We are exposed to interest rate changes of our long-term debt. We do not use financial instruments for trading or other speculative 

purposes. 

Interest Rate Risk 

Our principal exposure to market risk relates to changes in interest rates with respect to our Credit Facility. As of September 30, 
2020, no amounts were outstanding under our Credit Facility. Our Credit Facility carries floating interest rates that are tied to the prime 
rate, and therefore, our statements of income and our cash flows are exposed to changes in interest rates. Based upon a sensitivity analysis 
at September 30, 2020, a hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates would change our annual interest expense by $0.1 million in 
the year ended September 30, 2020. 

58 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ..................................................................................................... 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2020 and 2019 ............................................................................................. 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 .................................................. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 ........................................... 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 .......... 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .............................................................................................................................. 

Page 
Number 
60 
62 
63 
64 
65 
66 

59 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors 
Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.: 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Natural  Grocers  by  Vitamin  Cottage,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the 
Company) as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for 
each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  September  30,  2020,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively,  the  consolidated  financial 
statements).  In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the 
Company as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year 
period ended September 30, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated December 
10, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Change in Accounting Principle  

ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for revenue as of 
October 1, 2018 due to the adoption of ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. 

ASU 2016-02, Leases 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases as of October 
1, 2019 due to the adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases. 

Basis for Opinion 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required 
to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations 
of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or 
fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, 
whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, 
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial 
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2010. 

Denver, Colorado 

December 10, 2020 

60 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors 
Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.: 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

We have audited Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of 
September  30,  2020,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal 
control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the 
consolidated  balance  sheets  of  the  Company  as  of  September  30,  2020  and  2019,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income, 
stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  September  30,  2020,  and  the  related  notes 
(collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated December 10, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on those 
consolidated financial statements. 

Basis for Opinion  

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public 
accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. 
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our 
audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing 
the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the 
assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that 
our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance 
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations 
of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Denver, Colorado 
December 10, 2020 

61 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
NATURAL GROCERS BY VITAMIN COTTAGE, INC. 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Current assets: 

Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents ..........................................................................................................   $ 
Accounts receivable, net ............................................................................................................     
Merchandise inventory ...............................................................................................................     
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..................................................................................     
Total current assets .................................................................................................................     
Property and equipment, net...........................................................................................................     
Other assets: 

Operating lease assets, net ..........................................................................................................     
Finance lease assets, net .............................................................................................................     
Deposits and other assets............................................................................................................     
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net ...................................................................................     
Deferred financing costs, net ......................................................................................................     
Total other assets ....................................................................................................................     
Total assets .............................................................................................................................   $ 

Current liabilities: 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

Accounts payable .......................................................................................................................   $ 
Accrued expenses .......................................................................................................................     
Capital and financing lease obligations, current portion ............................................................     
Operating lease obligations, current portion ...............................................................................     
Finance lease obligations, current portion ..................................................................................     
Total current liabilities ...........................................................................................................     

Long-term liabilities: 

Capital and financing lease obligations, net of current portion ..................................................     
Operating lease obligations, net of current portion ....................................................................     
Finance lease obligations, net of current portion ........................................................................     
Revolving credit facility .............................................................................................................     
Deferred income tax liabilities, net ............................................................................................     
Deferred rent ..............................................................................................................................     
Leasehold incentives ..................................................................................................................     
Total long-term liabilities .......................................................................................................     
Total liabilities .......................................................................................................................     

Commitments (Notes 11 and 18) 
Stockholders’ equity: 

Common stock, $0.001 par value. 50,000,000 shares authorized,22,546,765 and 22,510,279 
shares issued at 2020 and 2019, respectively, and 22,546,765 and 22,463,057 outstanding 
at 2020 and 2019, respectively ...............................................................................................     
Additional paid-in capital ...........................................................................................................     
Retained earnings .......................................................................................................................     
Common stock in treasury at cost, 0 and 47,222 shares at 2020 and 2019, respectively ............     
Total stockholders’ equity ......................................................................................................     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ................................................................................   $ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

September 30, 

2020 

2019 

28,534       
8,519       
100,175       
6,185       
143,413       
147,929       

339,239       
40,096       
616       
10,468       
31       
390,450       
681,792       

69,163       
24,995       
—       
32,156       
2,836       
129,150       

—       
325,641       
39,506       
—       
14,429       
—       
—       
379,576       
508,726       

23       
56,752       
116,291       
—       
173,066       
681,792       

6,214   
5,059   
96,179   
7,728   
115,180   
201,635   

—   
—   
1,638   
8,644   
17   
10,299   
327,114   

63,162   
19,061   
1,045   
—   
—   
83,268   

51,475   
—   
—   
5,692   
10,420   
11,393   
7,960   
86,940   
170,208   

23   
56,319   
100,923   
(359 ) 
156,906   
327,114   

62 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
NATURAL GROCERS BY VITAMIN COTTAGE, INC. 

Consolidated Statements of Income 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Year ended September 30, 
2019 

2020 

2018 

Net sales .........................................................................................................   $ 
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs ........................................................     
Gross profit ............................................................................................     
Store expenses ................................................................................................     
Administrative expenses ................................................................................     
Pre-opening and relocation expenses .............................................................     
Operating income ...................................................................................     
Interest expense, net .......................................................................................     
Income before income taxes ...................................................................     
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes ......................................................     
Net income .............................................................................................   $ 

1,036,842      
753,701      
283,141      
227,069      
26,780      
1,543      
27,749      
(2,048)     
25,701      
(5,692)     
20,009      

903,582      
664,829      
238,753      
197,792      
22,837      
1,358      
16,766      
(4,952)     
11,814      
(2,398)     
9,416      

849,042  
623,469  
225,573  
186,741  
21,506  
2,273  
15,053  
(4,560) 
10,493  
2,168  
12,661  

Net income per share of common stock: 

Basic .......................................................................................................   $ 
Diluted....................................................................................................   $ 

0.89      
0.89      

0.42      
0.42      

0.57  
0.56  

Weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding: 

Basic .......................................................................................................     
Diluted....................................................................................................     

22,501,779      
22,577,646      

22,424,328      
22,554,603      

22,361,898  
22,413,038  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

63 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
NATURAL GROCERS BY VITAMIN COTTAGE, INC. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(Dollars in thousands)  

Operating activities: 

Net income .......................................................................................................   $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 

activities: 
Depreciation and amortization ......................................................................     
Impairment of long-lived assets and store closing costs ...............................     
Gain on disposal of property and equipment ................................................     
Share-based compensation ...........................................................................     
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) .........................................................     
Non-cash interest expense ............................................................................     
Changes in operating assets and liabilities 

(Increase) decrease in: 

Accounts receivable, net ......................................................................     
Income tax receivable ..........................................................................     
Merchandise inventory .........................................................................     
Prepaid expenses and other assets ........................................................     
Operating lease asset ............................................................................     

(Decrease) increase in: 

Operating lease liability .......................................................................     
Accounts payable .................................................................................     
Accrued expenses .................................................................................     
Deferred compensation ........................................................................     
Deferred rent and leasehold incentives .................................................     
Net cash provided by operating activities ........................................     

Investing activities: 

Acquisition of property and equipment ............................................................     
Acquisition of other intangibles ........................................................................     
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment .................................................     
Proceeds from property insurance settlements ..................................................     
Net cash used in investing activities.................................................     

Financing activities: 

Borrowings under credit facility .......................................................................     
Repayments under credit facility ......................................................................     
Repurchases of common stock .........................................................................     
Capital and financing lease obligations payments ............................................     
Finance lease obligation payments ...................................................................     
Dividends to shareholders .................................................................................     
Loan fees paid...................................................................................................     
Payments on withholding tax for restricted stock unit vesting ..........................     
Net cash used in financing activities ................................................     
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .......................     
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year .......................................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year .................................................................   $ 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: 

Cash paid for interest ........................................................................................   $ 
Cash paid for interest on finance or capital and financing lease obligations, 

net of capitalized interest of $102, $268 and $187, respectively ..................     
Income taxes paid .............................................................................................     
Deferred compensation paid .............................................................................     

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities: 

Acquisition of property and equipment not yet paid .........................................   $ 
Acquisition of other intangibles not yet paid ....................................................     
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment not yet received .......................     
Property acquired through capital and capital financing lease obligations ........     
Property acquired through operating lease obligations .....................................     
Property acquired through finance lease obligations ........................................     

2020 

Year ended September 30, 
2019 

2018 

20,009      

9,416      

12,661  

31,193      
612      
(42)     
1,129      
3,742      
12      

(3,418)     
2,350      
(3,996)     
(762)     
30,206      

(30,569)     
10,103      
5,934      
—      
—      
66,503      

(26,752)     
(2,832)     
—      
27      
(29,557)     

236,100      
(241,792)     
—      
—      
(2,271)     
(6,301)     
(25)     
(337)     
(14,626)     
22,320      
6,214      
28,534      

28,977      
380      
(131)     
1,185      
3,973      
13      

(315)     
(5,174)     
(1,951)     
42      
—      

—      
1,024      
1,211      
(688)     
(580)     
37,382      

(30,030)     
(2,703)     
836      
32      
(31,865)     

405,900      
(413,400)     
—      
(780)     
—      
—      
—      
(421)     
(8,701)     
(3,184)     
9,398      
6,214      

354      

787      

1,690      
3,305      
—      

2,407      
255      
42      
—      
13,204      
11,625      

4,148      
4,734      
700      

6,289      
476      
6      
12,156      
—      
—      

29,430  
585  
—  
810  
(5,972) 
12  

145  
943  
(615) 
(390) 
—  

—  
1,845  
3,644  
(543) 
308  
42,863  

(23,687) 
(30) 
34  
140  
(23,543) 

376,000  
(391,200) 
(581) 
(573) 
—  
—  
—  
(89) 
(16,443) 
2,877  
6,521  
9,398  

878  

3,611  
1,958  
700  

5,254  
—  
23  
8,285  
—  
—  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

64 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
       
        
        
  
       
        
        
  
       
        
        
  
       
        
        
  
       
        
        
  
       
        
        
  
       
        
        
  
       
        
        
  
       
        
        
  
  
   
 
 
NATURAL GROCERS BY VITAMIN COTTAGE, INC. 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 
Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

   Common stock –$0.001 par     
value 

Shares  

outstanding       Amount      

     Additional      
paid-in 
capital 

Retained 
earnings      

Treasury 
stock 

Total 
stockholders’ 
equity 

Balances September 30, 2017 ...................     
Net income ............................................     
Share-based compensation ....................     
Tax benefit related to share-based 

compensation ....................................     
Repurchase of common stock................     
Balances September 30, 2018 ...................     
Net income ............................................     
Share-based compensation ....................     
Balances September 30, 2019 ...................     
Net income ............................................     
Share-based compensation ....................     
Issuance of common stock ....................     
Topic 842 transition impact ...................     
Cash Dividends .....................................     
Balances September 30, 2020 ...................     

22,448,056    $ 
—      
26,899      

—      
(101,573)     
22,373,382      
—      
89,675      
22,463,057      
—      
47,222      
36,486      
—      
—      
22,546,765    $ 

23     $ 
—       
—       

—       
—       
23       
—       
—       
23       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
23     $ 

55,678     $ 
—       
516       

78,846    $ 
12,661      
—      

(664)   $ 
—      
205      

42       
—       
56,236       
—       
83       
56,319       
—       
433       
—       
—       
—       

—      
—      
91,507      
9,416      
—      
100,923      
20,009      
—      
—      
1,660      
(6,301)     
56,752     $  116,291    $ 

—      
(581)     
(1,040)     
—      
681      
(359)     
—      
359      
—      
—      
—      
—    $ 

133,883  
12,661  
721  

42  
(581) 
146,726  
9,416  
764  
156,906  
20,009  
792  
—  
1,660  
(6,301) 
173,066  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

65 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
      
  
      
  
    
 
  
  
  
 
    
 
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
NATURAL GROCERS BY VITAMIN COTTAGE, INC. 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
September 30, 2020 and 2019 

1. Organization 

Nature of Business 

Natural  Grocers  by  Vitamin  Cottage,  Inc.  (Natural  Grocers  or  the  holding  company)  and  its  consolidated  subsidiaries 
(collectively, the Company) operate retail stores that specialize in natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements. The Company 
operates its retail stores under its trademark Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage® with 159 stores as of September 30, 2020, including 41 
stores in Colorado, 25 in Texas, 14 in Oregon, 12 in Arizona, nine in Utah, eight in Kansas, six each in Iowa, and Oklahoma, five each in 
Missouri and New Mexico, four each in Idaho, Montana and Washington, three each in Arkansas, Nebraska, Nevada and North Dakota, 
two in Wyoming, and one in Minnesota and Louisiana. The Company also has a bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center in 
Colorado. The Company had 153 and 148 stores as of September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles of Consolidation 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  all  the  accounts  of  the  holding  company’s  wholly  owned 
subsidiaries,  Vitamin  Cottage  Natural  Food  Markets,  Inc.  (the  operating  company)  and  Vitamin  Cottage  Two  Ltd.  Liability  Company 
(VC2). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Use of Estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  United  States  of 
America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses 
during the reporting period. Management reviews its estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to valuation of inventories, 
useful lives of long-lived assets for depreciation and amortization, impairment of finite-lived intangible, long-lived assets, and goodwill, 
lease  assumptions,  allowances  for  self-insurance  reserves,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  and  litigation  based  on  currently  available 
information. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates and actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Segment Information 

The Company has one reporting segment, natural and organic retail stores. 

Other Comprehensive Income 

The Company has no other comprehensive income. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents include currency on hand, demand deposits with banks, money market funds and credit and debit card 
transactions  which  typically  settle  within  three  business  days.  The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  a  remaining 
maturity of 90 days or less when acquired to be cash equivalents. 

Accounts Receivable 

Accounts receivable consists primarily of receivables from vendors for certain promotional programs, magazine advertising and 
other  miscellaneous  receivables  and  are  presented  net  of  any  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts.  Accounts  receivable  also  includes 
receivables  from  Landlords  for  tenant  improvement  allowances.  Vendor  receivable  balances  are  generally  presented  on  a  gross  basis 
separate from any related payable due. Allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based on historical experience and application of the 
specific identification method. Allowance for doubtful accounts totaled $0.1 million as of each of September 30, 2020 and 2019. 

66 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Concentration of Credit Risk 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of investments in 
cash  and  cash  equivalents.  The  Company’s  cash  and  cash  equivalent  account  balances,  which  are  held  in  major  financial  institutions, 
exceeded the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s federally insured limits by approximately $27.4 million as of September 30, 2020. 

Vendor Concentration 

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, purchases from the Company’s largest vendor and its subsidiaries represented 
approximately 66% and 65%, respectively, of all product purchases made during such periods. However, the Company believes that, if 
necessary, alternate vendors could supply similar products in adequate quantities to avoid material disruptions to operations. 

Merchandise Inventory 

Merchandise inventory consists of goods held for sale. The cost of inventory includes certain costs associated with the preparation 
of inventory for sale, including inventory overhead costs. Merchandise inventory is carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost 
is determined using the weighted average cost method. 

Long-Lived Assets 

Depreciable long-lived assets primarily consist of leasehold and building improvements, which are stated at historical cost less 
accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation  is  provided  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  useful  life  of  the  relevant  asset.  For  land 
improvements and leasehold and building improvements, depreciation is recorded over the shorter of the assets’ useful lives or the lease 
terms. Maintenance, repairs and renewals that neither add to the value of the property nor appreciably prolong its life are charged to expense 
as  incurred.  Gains  and  losses  on  disposition  of  property  and  equipment  are  included  in  store  expenses  in  the  year  of  disposition,  and 
primarily relate to store relocations. 

The  Company  capitalizes  interest,  if  applicable,  as  part  of  the  historical  costs  of  buildings  and  leasehold  and  building 

improvements. 

Impairment of Finite-Lived Intangible and Long-Lived Assets 

Long-lived  assets,  such  as  property  and  equipment  and  purchased  intangible  assets  subject  to  amortization,  are  reviewed  for 
impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  The 
Company aggregates long-lived assets at the store level, which the Company considers to be the lowest level in the organization for which 
independent  identifiable  cash  flows  are  available.  If  circumstances  require  a  long-lived  asset  or  asset  group  to  be  tested  for  possible 
impairment, the Company first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that store to its carrying value. If the carrying 
value of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, impairment is recognized to the extent 
that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. The Company considers factors such as historic and forecasted operating results, trends and 
future prospects, current market value, significant industry trends and other economic and regulatory factors in performing these analyses. 
The Company recorded impairment charges related to long-lived assets of $0.6 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million in fiscal years 2020, 
2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets primarily consist of goodwill and trademarks. Goodwill and the Vitamin Cottage trademark have indefinite lives 
and are not amortized; rather, they are tested for impairment at least annually. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their 
estimated useful lives. The Company evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these intangibles at least annually. 

The  Company’s  annual  impairment  testing  of  goodwill  is  performed  as  of  July  1.  In  performing  the  Company’s  analysis  of 
goodwill, the Company first evaluates qualitative factors, including relevant events and circumstances, to determine whether it is more 
likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, 
“Simplifying  the  Test  for  Goodwill  Impairment,”  Topic  350,  “Intangibles  –  Goodwill  and  Other”  (ASU  2017-04).  Early  adoption  is 
permitted  and  the  Company  early  adopted  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020.  The  amendments  in  ASU  2017-04  simplify  the 
accounting for goodwill impairment for all entities by requiring impairment charges to be based on the first step in the current two-step 
impairment test. An impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value should be 
recognized; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. As of September 
30, 2020, the Company has recorded no impairment charges related to goodwill. 

The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred with developing or obtaining internal-use software. Capitalized software costs 
are  included  in  intangible  assets  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  are  amortized  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  software. 
Software costs that do not meet capitalization criteria are expensed as incurred. 

67 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Deferred Financing Costs 

Certain costs incurred with borrowings or establishment of credit facilities are deferred. These costs are amortized over the life 

of the credit facility using the straight-line method. 

Leases  

The Company leases retail stores, a bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center and administrative offices under long-
term operating or finance leases. These leases include scheduled increases in minimum rents and renewal provisions at the option of the 
Company. The lease term for accounting purposes commences with the date the Company takes possession of the space and ends on the 
later of the primary lease term or the expiration of any renewal periods that are deemed to be reasonably assured at the inception of the 
lease. 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” 
in February 2016 and subsequently issued related ASUs in 2018 and 2019 (collectively, “ASC 842”). ASC 842 requires lessees to recognize 
a  right-of-use  asset  and  corresponding  lease  liability  for  all  leases  with  terms  greater  than  12  months.  Under  ASC  842,  recognition, 
measurement and presentation of lease expenses depend on whether the lease is classified as a finance or operating lease. 

The Company adopted ASC 842 on October 1, 2019, the first day of fiscal year 2020, using the modified retrospective transition 

approach. 

 Operating Leases  

Operating  lease  liabilities  represent  the  present  value  of  lease  payments  not  yet  paid.  Operating  lease  assets  represent  the 
Company’s right to use an underlying asset and are based upon the operating lease liabilities adjusted for prepayments or accrued lease 
payments, initial direct costs, lease incentives and impairment of operating lease assets. The rent payment pursuant to the lease agreement 
is recorded as a reduction in the operating lease liability and as a reduction in the right of use asset and as single lease expense over the 
term of the remaining lease. 

Finance Leases 

Finance lease liabilities represent the present value of lease payments not yet paid. Finance lease assets represent the Company’s 
right to use an underlying asset and are based upon the lease liabilities adjusted for prepayments or accrued lease payments, initial direct 
costs, lease incentives and impairment of lease assets. The Company does not record single lease expense for the rental payments under 
finance leases, but rather payments under the finance lease obligations are recognized as a reduction of the finance lease obligation and as 
interest expense. The right of use asset is depreciated over the term of the related lease. 

Leases –prior to adoption of ASC 842 

Operating Leases  

Prior  to  the  adoption  of  ASC  842  in  fiscal  year  2020,  the  Company  accounted  for  operating  leases  with  rent  holidays  and 
escalating payment terms by recognizing the associated expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, and the difference between the 
average  rental  amount  charged  to  expense  and  amounts  payable  under  the  leases  are  included  in  deferred  rent.  For  certain  leases,  the 
Company  has  received  cash  from  landlords  to  compensate  for  costs  incurred  by  the  Company  in  making  the  store  locations  ready  for 
operation (leasehold incentives). Leasehold incentives received from a landlord were deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis as a 
reduction to rent expense over the lease term. 

Capital Financing Leases  

From time to time, the Company enters into leases with developers for build-to-suit store locations. Upon lease execution, the 
Company analyzed its involvement during the construction period. As a result of defined forms of lessee involvement, the Company could 
be deemed the “owner” for accounting purposes during the construction period, and may be required to capitalize the project costs on its 
balance sheet. If the project costs were capitalized, the Company performed a sale-leaseback analysis upon completion of the construction 
to determine if the Company should remove the assets from its balance sheet. If the asset should not be removed from the balance sheet, 
the fair market value of the building remained recognized as an asset on the balance sheet, along with a corresponding capital lease financing 
obligation equal to the fair market value of the building less any amount the Company contributed towards construction. The Company did 
not  record  rent  expense  for  the  rental  payments  under  capital  financing  leases,  but  rather  payments  under  the  capital  financing  lease 
obligations were recognized as a reduction of the capital lease financing obligation and as interest expense. The capital financing lease 
assets were depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. 

68 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Capital Leases  

Occasionally, the Company entered into leases that were deemed to be capital leases. For these leases, the Company capitalized 
the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the leased asset at inception and recorded a corresponding 
capital lease obligation. The Company did not record rent expense for the rental payments under capital leases, but rather payments under 
the capital lease obligations were recognized as a reduction of the capital lease obligation and as interest expense. The capital lease asset 
was depreciated on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease. 

Self-Insurance 

The Company is self-insured for certain losses relating to employee medical and dental benefits and workers compensation. Stop-
loss  coverage  has  been  purchased  to  limit  exposure  to  any  significant  level  of  claims.  Self-insured  losses  are  accrued  based  upon  the 
Company’s  estimates  of  the  aggregate  claims  incurred  but  not  reported  using  historical  experience.  The  estimated  accruals  for  these 
liabilities could be significantly affected if future occurrences and claims differ from historical trends. 

Revenue Recognition 

Revenue is recognized at the point of sale, net of in-house coupons, discounts and returns. Sales taxes are not included in sales. 
The Company charges sales tax on all taxable customer purchases and remits these taxes monthly to the appropriate taxing jurisdiction. 
The Company records a contract liability within accrued expenses when it sells the Company’s gift cards and records a sale when a customer 
redeems the gift card. 

Cost of Goods Sold and Occupancy Costs 

Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs includes the cost of inventory sold during the period net of discounts and allowances, as 
well as, distribution, shipping and handling costs, store occupancy costs and costs of the bulk food repackaging facility and distribution 
center.  The  amount  shown  is  net  of  various  rebates  from  third-party  vendors  in  the  form  of  quantity  discounts  and  payments.  Vendor 
consideration associated with product discounts is recorded as a reduction in the cost of the product. Store occupancy costs include rent, 
common area maintenance and real estate taxes. Store occupancy costs do not include any rent amounts for the store leases classified as 
finance leases (previously classified as capital and financing lease obligations). 

Store Expenses 

Store  expenses  consist  of  store-level  expenses  such  as  salaries,  benefits  and  share-based  compensation,  supplies,  utilities, 
depreciation,  gain  or  loss  on  disposal  of  assets,  long-lived  asset  impairment  charges,  store  closing  costs  and  other  related  expenses 
associated with operations support. Store expenses also include purchasing support services and advertising and marketing costs. 

Administrative Expenses 

Administrative  expenses  consist  of  salaries,  benefits  and  share-based  compensation,  occupancy  costs,  depreciation,  office 

supplies, hardware and software expenses, professional services expenses and other general and administrative expenses. 

Pre-Opening and Relocation Expenses 

Costs associated with the opening of new stores or relocating existing stores are expensed as incurred. 

Advertising and Marketing 

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred and are included in store expenses and pre-opening and relocation 
expenses in the consolidated statements of income. Total advertising and marketing expenses for the years ended September 30, 2020, 
2019 and 2018 were $6.6 million, $8.2 million and $8.2 million, respectively, net of vendor reimbursements of $4.5 million, $4.6 million 
and $4.1 million for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

69 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Share-Based Compensation 

The Company adopted the 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan in connection with its initial public offering on July 25, 2012. Restricted 
stock units are granted at the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and expensed over the applicable vesting 
period. 

The excess tax benefits for recognized compensation costs are reported as a credit to income tax expense and as operating cash 

outflows when such excess tax benefits are realized by a reduction to current taxes payable. 

Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. This method requires recognition of deferred tax 
assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between the tax basis and financial 
reporting  basis  of  the  Company’s  assets  and  liabilities.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  using  enacted  tax  rates  in  the 
respective jurisdictions in which the Company operates. 

The  Company  considers  the  need  to  establish  valuation  allowances  to  reduce  deferred  income  tax  assets  to  the  amounts  the 

Company believes are more likely than not to be recovered. 

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. 
Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition 
or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. Although the Company believes that its estimates are 
reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates. In addition, the Company is subject to periodic audits and examinations by the 
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and other state and local taxing authorities. 

Any interest or penalties incurred related to income taxes are expensed as incurred and treated as permanent differences for tax 

purposes. 

U.S. Tax Reform 

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act) was signed into law. Intended to 
provide  economic  relief  to  those  impacted  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  the  CARES  Act,  among  other  things,  includes  provisions 
addressing  the  carryback  of  net  operating  losses  for  specific  periods,  temporary  modifications  to  the  limitations  placed  on  the  tax 
deductibility of net interest expenses, and technical amendments for qualified improvement property (QIP). 

As a result of the technical amendments made by the CARES Act to QIP, the Company accelerated tax depreciation expenses of 
approximately  $9.3  million  and  $4.0  million  for  the  years  ended  September  30,  2019  and  2018,  respectively,  representing  primarily 
temporary book-to-tax timing differences for income tax purposes. The Company recognized a permanent tax benefit of approximately 
$0.5 million resulting from the depreciation acceleration of $4.0 million related to fiscal year 2018. The impacts of the CARES Act are 
recorded as components within the Company’s deferred income tax liabilities and income tax receivable on the Company’s consolidated 
balance sheets. 

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and 
Jobs Act (the Tax Reform Act). The Tax Reform Act significantly revised the ongoing federal income tax by, among other things, lowering 
U.S. corporate income tax rates effective January 1, 2018. The Company had a U.S. federal income tax rate of 21.0% for each of the fiscal 
years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. The Tax Reform Act resulted in a blended U.S. federal income tax rate of approximately 24.3% 
for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Remeasurement of the Company’s deferred tax balance under the Tax Reform Act resulted 
in a non-cash tax benefit of $4.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2018. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” 
in February 2016 and subsequently issued related ASUs in 2018 and 2019 (collectively, “ASC 842”). ASC 842 requires lessees to recognize 
a  right-of-use  asset  and  corresponding  lease  liability  for  all  leases  with  terms  greater  than  12  months.  Under  ASC  842,  recognition, 
measurement and presentation of lease expenses depend on whether the lease is classified as a finance or operating lease. 

The Company adopted ASC 842 on October 1, 2019, the first day of fiscal year 2020, using the modified retrospective transition 
approach. In addition, the Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new 
standard, which, among other things, permits companies not to reassess prior conclusions on lease identification, lease classification and 
initial direct costs. The Company did not elect the hindsight practical expedient. 

70 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The adoption of ASC 842 resulted in the recognition of operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities of $359.6 million 
and $377.8 million, respectively, as of October 1, 2019. Included in the measurement of the new lease assets is the reclassification of certain 
balances, including those historically recorded as deferred rent and leasehold incentives.  

Additionally, the Company recognized a cumulative effect adjustment, which increased retained earnings by $1.7 million for the 
year ended September 30, 2020. This adjustment was primarily driven by the derecognition of $41.9 million of lease obligations and $40.2 
million of net assets related to leases that had been classified as capital financing lease obligations under the former failed-sale leaseback 
guidance. These leases were reclassified as operating or finance leases as of October 1, 2019, the transition date.   See Note 11 for additional 
information related to the Company’s lease accounting policy. 

In  June  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-07,  “Compensation-Stock  Compensation,”  Topic  718,  “Improvements  to  Non-
employee Share-Based Payment Accounting” (ASU 2018-07) as part of its Simplification Initiative to reduce complexity when accounting 
for share-based payments to non-employees. ASU 2018-07 expands the scope of Topic 718 to more closely align share-based payment 
transactions for acquiring goods and services from non-employees with the accounting for share-based payments to employees, with certain 
exceptions. The provisions of ASU 2018-07 are effective for the Company’s first quarter of the fiscal year ending September 30, 2020, 
with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this ASU did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for 
the year ended September 30, 2020. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment,” Topic 350, “Intangibles – 
Goodwill and Other” (ASU 2017-04). The amendments in ASU 2017-04 simplify the accounting for goodwill impairment for all entities 
by requiring impairment charges to be based on the first step in the current two-step impairment test. An impairment charge for the amount 
by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value should be recognized; however, the loss recognized should not exceed 
the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments should be applied on a prospective basis. ASU 2019-10 
delayed the effective date of this ASU to align with the effective date of ASU 2016-13 (referred to above). Because the Company is a 
smaller  reporting  company, the provisions  of  ASU  2017-04  will  be effective  for  the  Company’s  first  quarter  of  the fiscal  year ending 
September 30, 2024. Early adoption is permitted and the Company early adopted for the year ended September 30, 2020. ASU 2017-04 
did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2020. 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, “Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers,” Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (ASU 2014-09). ASU 2014-09 provides guidance 
for revenue recognition and replaced most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP. ASU 2014-09’s core principle is that a company 
recognizes revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the 
company expects to be entitled for the transfer of those goods or services. The Company adopted this ASU and related amendments on 
October 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective approach. Additionally, upon adoption of this ASU, the Company elected the following 
practical expedients: 

-  ASU 2016-09, pursuant to which the incremental costs of obtaining a contract are recognized as an expense when incurred if the

amortization period of the asset that the entity otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. 

-  ASU 2016-12, pursuant to which sales taxes and other similar taxes collected from customers are presented net of sales. 

-  ASU 2016-20, pursuant to which the transaction price allocated to performance obligations is not disclosed when the related

contract has a duration of one year or less. 

The adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the years 

ended September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-13,  “Financial  Instruments  -  Credit  Losses,”  Topic  326,  “Measurement  of  Credit 
Losses on Financial Instruments” (ASU 2016-13), subsequently amended by various standard updates. ASU 2016-13 replaces the incurred 
loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a 
broader range of reasonable and supportable information when determining credit loss estimates. ASU 2016-13 also requires financial 
assets to be measured net of expected credit losses at the time of initial recognition. ASU 2019-10, issued in November 2019, delayed the 
effective date of ASU 2016-13 for smaller reporting companies such as the Company. The provisions of ASU 2016-13 will be effective 
for  the  Company’s  first  quarter  of  the  fiscal  year  ending  September  30,  2024.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  Company  is  currently 
evaluating the impact that the adoption of these provisions will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

71 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform,” Topic 848, “Facilitation of the Effects of Reference 
Rate Reform on Financial Reporting” (ASU 2020-04). The new guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP 
to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The guidance applies 
only to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued 
because of reference rate reform. The interest rate currently payable under the Company’s Credit Facility is based on LIBOR, but recent 
amendments provide for a LIBOR successor rate once LIBOR is discontinued. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of these 
provisions will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

3. Revenue Recognition 

The nature of the goods the Company transfers to customers at the point of sale consists of merchandise purchased for resale. In 
these transactions, the Company acts as a principal and recognizes revenue (net sales) from the sale of goods when control of the promised 
goods  is  transferred  to  the  customer.  Control  refers  to  the  ability  of  the  customer  to  direct  the  use  of,  and  obtain  substantially  all  the 
remaining benefits from, the transferred goods. 

The  Company’s  performance  obligations  are  satisfied  upon  the  transfer  of  goods  to  the  customer  (at  the  point  of  sale),  and 
payment from the customer is also due at that time. Transaction prices are considered fixed. Discounts provided to customers at the point 
of sale are recognized as a reduction in revenue as the goods are sold. Revenue excludes sales and usage-based taxes collected. 

Proceeds from the sale of gift cards are recorded as a liability at the time of sale and recognized as revenue when the gift cards 
are redeemed by the customer and the performance obligation is satisfied by the Company. The Company also recognizes revenue for a 
portion of gift card values that is not expected to be redeemed (breakage). The estimated breakage takes into consideration several factors, 
including  the  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  each  jurisdiction.  The  Company  determines  the  amount  of  breakage  income  to  be 
recognized on gift cards using historical experience to estimate amounts that will ultimately not be redeemed. The Company recognizes 
such breakage income in proportion to redemption rates of the overall population of gift cards. 

As of each September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, the balance of contract liabilities related to unredeemed gift cards was 
$1.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively. Revenue for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 includes $0.8 million that was included 
in the contract liability balance of unredeemed gift cards at September 30, 2019. 

The following table disaggregates the Company’s revenue by product category for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 

2019 and 2018, dollars in thousands: 

Grocery ................................................................................    $ 
Dietary supplements ............................................................      
Body care, pet care and other ...............................................      
  $ 

720,185      
213,182      
103,475      
1,036,842      

619,825      
188,913      
94,844      
903,582      

574,311  
183,485  
91,246  
849,042  

2020 

Year ended September 30, 
2019 

2018 

72 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
4. Earnings Per Share  

Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of 
common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if the Company’s 
granted but unvested restricted stock units were to vest, resulting in the issuance of common stock that would then share in the earnings of 
the Company. The following table presents the Company’s basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended September 30, 2020, 
2019 and 2018, dollars in thousands, except per share data: 

Net income .................................................................................    $ 
Weighted average number of shares of common stock 

outstanding .............................................................................      
Effect of dilutive securities ........................................................      
Weighted average number of shares of common stock 

2020 

Year ended September 30, 
2019 

2018 

20,009      

9,416      

12,661  

22,501,779      
75,867      

22,424,328      
130,275      

22,361,898  
51,140  

outstanding including the effect of dilutive securities ............      

22,577,646      

22,554,603      

22,413,038  

Basic earnings per share .............................................................    $ 
Diluted earnings per share ..........................................................    $ 

0.89      
0.89      

0.42      
0.42      

0.57  
0.56  

There were 94,497, 56,510 and 207,805 non-vested restricted stock units for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, 

respectively, excluded from the calculation as they are antidilutive. 

On November 13, 2019, the Board approved the initiation of a quarterly cash dividend per share of common stock. The Company 
paid a cash dividend of $0.07 per share of common stock in each quarter of fiscal year 2020. The Company did not declare or pay any 
dividends in the years ended September 30, 2019 or 2018. 

As of September 30, 2020, the Company had 50,000,000 shares of common stock authorized, of which 22,546,765 shares were 

issued and outstanding, as well as 10,000,000 shares of preferred common stock authorized, of which none was issued and outstanding. 

5. Fair Value Measurements 

The Company records its financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with the framework for measuring fair value. 
The framework establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and 
market participant’s assumptions (unobservable inputs). Non-financial assets, such as goodwill and long-lived assets, are accounted for at 
fair value on a non-recurring basis. These items are tested for impairment on the occurrence of a triggering event or in the case of goodwill, 
at least on an annual basis. 

During fiscal year 2020, long-lived assets with a carrying value of $1.1 million were written down to their fair value of $0.5 
million, resulting in asset impairment charges of $0.6 million. During fiscal year 2019, long-lived assets with a carrying value of $0.8 
million were written down to their fair value of $0.4 million, resulting in asset impairment charges of $0.4 million. During fiscal year 2018, 
long-lived assets with a carrying value of $1.2 million were written down to their fair value of $0.7 million, resulting in asset impairment 
charges  of  $0.5  million.  The  carrying  amounts  of  the  Company’s  financial  assets  and  liabilities,  including  cash  and  cash  equivalents, 
accounts receivable, accounts payable and other accrued expenses, approximate fair value because of the short maturity of those assets and 
liabilities. 

73 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
       
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
6. Property and Equipment 

The Company had the following property and equipment balances as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, dollars in thousands: 

Construction in process ..............................................................................        
Capitalized real estate leases for build-to-suit stores, including 

   Useful lives 
(in years) 
n/a 

unamortized land of $617 in the year ended September 30, 2019 ..........        
Capitalized real estate leases ......................................................................        
Land ...........................................................................................................        
Buildings ....................................................................................................       16 
1 
Land improvements ...................................................................................      
Leasehold and building improvements ......................................................      
1 
5 
Fixtures and equipment ..............................................................................      
Computer hardware and software ..............................................................      
3 

40 
15 
n/a 
-  40 
-  24 
-  25 
-  7 
-  5 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization .......................................        
Property and equipment, net ..................................................................        

      $ 

As of September 30, 

2020 

2019 

      $ 

6,717        

15,145   

—        
—        
1,390        
26,732        
1,575        
153,438        
139,965        
23,628        
353,445        
(205,516 )     
147,929        

42,320   
7,241   
1,230   
23,571   
1,498   
144,318   
131,491   
21,672   
388,486   
(186,851 ) 
201,635   

Total costs capitalized for qualifying construction projects of leasehold and building improvements included $0.4 million for 
each of the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, related to internal staff compensation. Depreciation expense related to capitalized 
internal  staff  compensation  was  $0.6  million,  $0.6  million  and $0.5  million  for  the  years  ended  September  30, 2020,  2019, and  2018, 
respectively. Interest costs of $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million were capitalized for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 
and 2018, respectively. 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is summarized as follows, dollars 

in thousands: 

Depreciation and amortization expense included in cost of goods sold 

and occupancy costs ...............................................................................    $ 
Depreciation and amortization expense included in store expenses ...........      
Depreciation and amortization expense included in administrative 

expenses .................................................................................................      
Total depreciation and amortization expenses .......................................    $ 

793       
29,225       

1,175       
31,193       

736       
27,150       

1,091       
28,977       

768   
27,174   

1,488   
29,430   

2020 

Year ended September 30, 
2019 

2018 

7. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Store Closing Costs 

In determining whether long-lived assets are recoverable, the Company’s estimates of undiscounted future cash flows over the 
estimated life or lease term of a store is based upon experience, historical results of the store, an estimate of future store profitability and 
economic conditions. As the Company forecasts future undiscounted cash flows for the remaining useful life of the asset group, estimates 
are subject to variability as future results can be difficult to predict. If a long-lived asset is found to be non-recoverable, an impairment 
charge is recorded equal to the difference between the asset’s carrying value and fair value. The Company estimates the fair value of the 
asset using a valuation method such as discounted cash flow or a relative, market-based approach. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal years 2020 and 2019, the Company concluded, as a result of its review of potential long-lived asset 
impairment, that certain long-lived assets were impaired. The Company recorded impairments of $0.6 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million 
for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Such charges are reflected within store expenses on the consolidated 
statement of income for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. 

74 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
     
  
        
        
        
      
      
      
      
      
  
      
  
        
  
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill and other intangible assets as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, are summarized as follows, dollars in thousands: 

   Useful lives 
(in years) 

As of September 30, 

2020 

2019 

Amortizable intangible assets: 

Other intangibles ....................................................................................      
Less accumulated amortization ..............................................................      
Amortizable intangible assets, net......................................................      
Other intangibles in process .......................................................................      
Trademark ..................................................................................................      
Total other intangibles, net ................................................................      
Goodwill ....................................................................................................      
Total goodwill and other intangibles, net ...........................................      

0.5  -  3 

    $ 

Indefinite 

Indefinite 

      $ 

3,634        
(2,378 )     
1,256        
3,625        
389        
5,270        
5,198        
10,468        

2,677   
(1,592 ) 
1,085   
1,972   
389   
3,446   
5,198   
8,644   

Amortization expense was $0.8 and $0.5 million for the years ended September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively, 

and less than $0.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2018. 

Capitalized costs for internal-use software development were $2.6 million and $2.3 million for the years ended September 30, 

2020 and 2019, respectively, primarily due to capitalization of expenses related to external consultants. 

9. Accrued Expenses 

The composition of accrued expenses as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, is summarized as follows, dollars in thousands: 

Payroll and employee-related expenses ..............................................................................    $ 
Accrued property, sales and use tax payable .......................................................................      
Accrued marketing expenses ..............................................................................................      
Deferred revenue related to gift card sales ..........................................................................      
Other ...................................................................................................................................      
Total accrued expenses ...................................................................................................    $ 

13,569       
7,912       
407       
1,819       
1,288       
24,995       

8,447   
7,761   
477   
1,410   
966   
19,061   

As of September 30, 

2020 

2019 

10. Long-Term Debt 

Credit Facility 

On January 28, 2016, the Company entered into a credit facility (the Credit Facility). The operating company is the borrower 
under the Credit Facility and its obligations under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by the holding company and VC2. The Credit Facility 
is secured by a lien on substantially all of the Company’s assets. As of September 30, 2020, the amount available for borrowing under the 
Credit Facility was $50.0 million, including a $5.0 million sublimit for standby letters of credit. The Company has the right to borrow, 
prepay and re-borrow amounts under the Credit Facility at any time prior to the maturity date. The Credit Facility matures on November 
13, 2024. Base rate loans under the Credit Facility bear interest at a fluctuating base rate, as determined by the lenders’ administrative agent 
based on the most recent compliance certificate of the operating company and stated at the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, 
(ii) the prime rate, and (iii) the Eurodollar rate plus 1.00%, less the lender spread based upon the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. 
Eurodollar rate borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest based on the London Interbank Offered Rate, or its successor (LIBOR), 
for the interest period plus the lender spread based upon the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. The unused commitment fee is based 
upon certain financial measures. 

The Credit Facility requires compliance with certain customary operational and financial covenants, including a leverage ratio. 
The Credit Facility also contains certain other customary limitations on the Company’s ability to incur additional debt, guarantee other 
obligations, grant liens on assets and make investments or acquisitions, among other limitations. Additionally, the Credit Facility prohibits 
the payment of cash dividends to the holding company from the operating company without the administrative agent’s consent, provided 
that so long as no default or event of default exists or would arise as a result thereof, the operating company may pay cash dividends to the 
holding company in an amount sufficient to allow the holding company to: (i) pay various audit, accounting, tax, securities, indemnification, 
reimbursement, insurance and other reasonable expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) repurchase shares of common 
stock and pay dividends on the Company’s common stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million during any fiscal year. 

75 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
     
  
      
         
         
  
        
        
        
      
        
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
The Company had no amounts outstanding and $5.7 million outstanding under the Credit Facility as of September 30, 2020 and 
September 30, 2019, respectively. As of September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, the Company had undrawn, issued and outstanding 
letters of credit of $1.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively, which were reserved against the amount available for borrowing under the 
terms of the Credit Facility. The Company had $48.7 million and $43.3 million available for borrowing under the Credit Facility as of 
September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively. 

On November 13, 2019, the Company amended the Credit Facility to extend the maturity date to November 13, 2024 and permit 
the operating company to pay cash dividends to Natural Grocers in an amount sufficient to allow Natural Grocers to repurchase shares of 
common stock and pay dividends on its common stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million during any fiscal year. 

Lease Obligations  

As of September 30, 2019, 23 leases were classified as capital and financing lease obligations (see Note 7). As a result of the 
Company’s adoption, effective October 1, 2019, of the new lease standard set out in ASC 842: (i) the Company’s previous capital financing 
lease obligations were derecognized and reclassified as operating or finance leases and (ii) the Company’s previous capital lease obligations 
were classified as finance leases. As of September 30, 2020, the Company had 19 leases that were classified as finance leases. No rent 
expense is recorded for these finance leases (previously classified as capital and financing lease obligations); rather, rental payments under 
such leases are recognized as a reduction of the lease obligation and as interest expense. The interest rate on finance lease obligations, and 
legacy capital and financing lease obligations, is determined at the inception of the lease. 

Interest 

The Company incurred gross interest expense of $2.2 million, $5.2 million and $4.7 million in the years ended September 30, 
2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Interest expense for the year ended September 30, 2020 relates primarily to interest on finance lease 
obligations. Interest expense for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 relates primarily to interest on capital and financing lease 
obligations. The Company capitalized interest of $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 
and 2018, respectively. 

11. Lease Commitments 

The Company leases most of its stores, a bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center and its administrative offices. The 
Company determines if an arrangement is a lease or contains a lease at inception. Lease terms generally range from 10 to 25 years, with 
scheduled increases in minimum rent payments. 

The FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” in February 2016 and subsequently issued related ASUs in 2018 and 2019 
(collectively, “ASC 842”). ASC 842 requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability for all leases with 
terms greater than 12 months. Under ASC 842, recognition, measurement and presentation of lease expenses depend on whether the lease 
is classified as a finance or operating lease. The Company adopted ASC 842 on October 1, 2019, the first day of fiscal year 2020, using the 
modified retrospective transition approach. 

Operating  lease  liabilities  represent  the  present  value  of  lease  payments  not  yet  paid.  Operating  lease  assets  represent  the 
Company’s right to use an underlying asset and are based upon the operating lease liabilities adjusted for prepayments or accrued lease 
payments, initial direct costs, lease incentives and impairment of operating lease assets. 

Most leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms normally expressed in periods of five-year increments. 
The exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company’s sole discretion. The lease term includes the initial contractual term as well as 
any options to extend the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. 

Variable payments related to pass-through costs for maintenance, taxes and insurance or adjustments based on an index such as 

Consumer Price Index are not included in the measurement of the lease liability or asset and are expensed as incurred. 

As most of the Company’s lease agreements do not provide an implicit discount rate, the Company uses an estimated incremental 
borrowing rate, which is derived from third-party lenders, to determine the present value of lease payments. We use other observable market 
data to evaluate the appropriateness of the rate derived from the lenders. The estimated incremental borrowing rate is based on the borrowing 
rate for a secured loan with a term similar to the expected term of the lease. 

Leases are recorded at the commencement date (the date the underlying asset becomes available for use) for the present value of 
lease payments, less tenant improvement allowances received or receivable. Leases with a term of 12 months or less (short-term leases) are 
not presented on the balance sheet. The Company’s short-term leases relate primarily to embedded leases. The Company has elected to 
account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component for all current classes of leases. 

76 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.  The 
Company  subleases  certain  real  estate  or  portions  thereof  to  third  parties.  Such  subleases  have  all  been  classified  as  operating  leases. 
Remaining lease terms extend through fiscal year 2030. Although some sublease arrangements provide renewal options, the exercise of 
sublease renewal options is at the sole discretion of the subtenant. The Company recognizes sublease income on a straight-line basis. 

The Company has four operating leases and one finance lease with Chalet Properties, LLC (Chalet), one operating lease with the 
Isely Family Land Trust LLC (Land Trust) and one operating lease with FTVC, LLC, each of which is a related party (see Note 14). The 
leases began at various times with the earliest commencing in November 1999, continue for various terms through July 2040 and include 
various options to renew. The terms and rental rates of these leases are similar to leases with nonrelated parties and are at market rental 
rates. These leases account for $8.7 million of right-of-use assets and $9.0 million of lease liabilities included in the disclosures below. 
Cash rent paid pursuant to the related party leases was $1.3 million, $1.5 million and $1.6 million for the years ended September 30, 2020, 
2019 and 2018, respectively. 

The components of total lease cost for the year ended September 30, 2020 is as follows, dollars in thousands: 

Lease cost 

Operating lease cost: 

Classification 

  September 30, 2020   

  Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs ........................................   $ 
  Store expenses ................................................................................     
  Administrative expenses ................................................................     
  Pre-opening and relocation expenses .............................................     

Finance lease cost: 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets ................    Store expenses(1) .............................................................................     
Interest on lease liabilities .............................    Interest expense, net (1) ...................................................................     
Short-term lease cost .........................................    Store expenses ................................................................................     
Variable lease cost ............................................    Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs(2) .....................................     
Sublease income ...............................................    Store expenses ................................................................................     
Total lease cost ...........................................................................................................................................................    $ 

42,634  
319  
311  
154  

3,139  
1,698  
2,016  
5,367  
(368) 
55,270  

1 Immaterial balances related to stores not yet open are included in pre-opening and relocation expenses. 

2 Immaterial balances related to the corporate headquarters and distribution center are included in administrative expenses and 
store expenses, respectively. 

Additional  information  related  to  the  Company’s  leases  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020  are  as  follows,  dollars  in 

thousands: 

  September 30, 2020   

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: 

Operating cash flows from operating leases .........................................................................................................   $ 
Operating cash flows from finance leases ............................................................................................................     
Financing cash flows from finance leases ............................................................................................................     

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities: 

Operating leases ...................................................................................................................................................     
Finance leases ......................................................................................................................................................     

Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years): 

Operating leases ...................................................................................................................................................     
Finance leases ......................................................................................................................................................     

Weighted-average discount rate: 

Operating leases ...................................................................................................................................................     
Finance leases ......................................................................................................................................................     

44,281  
1,792  
2,271  

13,204  
11,625  

11.7  
12.5  

3.6% 
5.1% 

77 

  
  
  
 
    
       
  
  
  
  
  
    
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
  
 
 
In addition, during the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company purchased one store building that had previously been 
leased. This resulted in: (i) a $2.5 million reduction in operating lease liability and (ii) the reclassification of $2.4 million of corresponding 
operating right-of-use asset to property and equipment. 

Future lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of September 30, 2020 were as follows, dollars in thousands: 

Fiscal Year  
2021 ....................................................................................   $ 
2022 ....................................................................................     
2023 ....................................................................................     
2024 ....................................................................................     
2025 ....................................................................................     
Thereafter ............................................................................     
Total future undiscounted lease payments .......................     
Less imputed interest ..........................................................     
Total reported lease liability ............................................     
Less current portion ............................................................     
Noncurrent lease liability ................................................   $ 

Operating 
leases 

Finance 
leases 

Total 

44,428      
43,894      
43,095      
41,037      
39,288      
231,374      
443,116      
(85,319)     
357,797      
(32,156)     
325,641      

4,789      
4,893      
4,937      
5,002      
5,012      
32,453      
57,086      
(14,744)     
42,342      
(2,836)     
39,506      

49,217  
48,787  
48,032  
46,039  
44,300  
263,827  
500,202  
(100,063) 
400,139  
(34,992) 
365,147  

The  table  above  excludes  $17.6  million  of  legally  binding  minimum  lease  payments  for leases  that  had  been  executed  as  of 

September 30, 2020 but whose terms had not yet commenced. 

Future minimum rental commitments and sublease rental income under the terms of the Company’s operating and finance leases 

were as follows as of September 30, 2020, dollars in thousands: 

Fiscal Year  
2021 ..............................................................................    $ 
2022 ..............................................................................      
2023 ..............................................................................      
2024 ..............................................................................      
2025 ..............................................................................      
Thereafter ......................................................................      
Total payments ..............................................................    $ 

Third 
parties 

Related 
parties 

Sublease 
rental 
income 

47,884      
47,446      
46,691      
44,698      
42,954      
260,075      
489,748      

1,333       
1,341       
1,341       
1,341       
1,346       
3,753       
10,455       

(418)     
(424)     
(413)     
(257)     
(238)     
(579)     
(2,329)     

Total 
leases 

48,799   
48,363   
47,619   
45,782   
44,062   
263,249   
497,874   

Future minimum rental commitments under the terms of the Company’s related party leases include $3.5 million pursuant to a 

finance lease and $7.0 million pursuant to operating leases as of September 30, 2020. 

Prior to the Company’s adoption of ASC 842 as of October 1, 2019, the Company’s leases were designated as either capital, 
financing or operating. Consistent with the guidance provided in ASC 842, previously designated capital lease obligations are now classified 
as finance leases, while previously designated capital lease finance obligations have been derecognized and reclassified as operating or 
finance leases. The designation of operating leases remains substantially unchanged under ASC 842. The future minimum lease payments 
by fiscal year, as determined prior to the adoption of ASC 842 under the Company’s previously designated capital, capital financing and 
operating leases are presented below. 

78 

  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
Future minimum rental commitments and sublease rental income under the terms of the Company’s operating leases were as 

follows as of September 30, 2019, dollars in thousands: 

Fiscal Year  
2020 ..............................................................................    $ 
2021 ..............................................................................      
2022 ..............................................................................      
2023 ..............................................................................      
2024 ..............................................................................      
Thereafter ......................................................................      
Total payments ..............................................................    $ 

Third 
parties 

Related 
parties 

Sublease 
rental 
income 

Total 
operating 
leases 

41,646      
41,484      
41,081      
40,175      
38,012      
262,086      
464,484      

1,081       
1,058       
1,056       
1,056       
1,056       
2,062       
7,369       

(422)     
(418)     
(424)     
(413)     
(257)     
(772)     
(2,706)     

42,305   
42,124   
41,713   
40,818   
38,811   
263,376   
469,147   

Total rent expense, including common area expenses and warehouse rent, for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019, and 
2018 totaled $54.6 million, $51.6 million and $48.8 million, respectively, which is included in cost of goods sold and occupancy costs and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income. In addition, $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.6 million is included in 
pre-opening and relocation expense associated with rent expense for stores prior to their opening date for the years ended September 30, 
2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Capital and Financing Lease Obligations 

Capital and financing lease obligations as of September 30, 2019 were as follows, dollars in thousands: 

Capital lease finance obligations, due in monthly installments through fiscal year 2034 ........................................    $ 
Capital lease obligations due in monthly installments through fiscal year 2041 ......................................................      
Capital lease finance obligations for assets under construction, due in monthly installments through fiscal year 

2035 .....................................................................................................................................................................      
Capital lease obligations for assets under construction, due in monthly installments through fiscal year 2040 .......      
Total capital and financing lease obligations .......................................................................................................      
Less current portion .................................................................................................................................................      
Total capital and financing lease obligations, net of current portion ....................................................................    $ 

Capital lease finance obligations  

September 30, 
2019 

39,558   
5,972   

2,350   
4,640   
52,520   
(1,045 ) 
51,475   

From time to time, the Company enters into leases with developers for build-to-suit store locations. Upon lease execution, the 
Company analyzes its involvement during the construction period. As a result of defined forms of lessee involvement, the Company could 
be deemed the “owner” for accounting purposes during the construction period, and would be required to capitalize construction costs on 
its balance sheet. If the project costs were capitalized, the Company performs a sale-leaseback analysis upon completion of the project to 
determine if the Company should remove the asset from its balance sheet. If the asset should not be removed from the balance sheet, the 
fair market value of the building remains on the balance sheet along with a corresponding capital lease finance obligation equal to the fair 
market  value  of  the  building  less  any  amounts  the  Company  contributed  toward  construction.  The  Company  had  capital  lease  finance 
obligations totaling $39.6 million as of September 30, 2019. The leases that created the obligations expire or become subject to renewal 
clauses at various dates through fiscal year 2034. The Company does not record rent expense for capital lease finance obligations; rather, 
rent payments per the leases are recognized as a reduction of the related capital lease finance obligation and as interest expense. Depreciation 
expense for the related capitalized lease assets is included in store expenses in the consolidated statements of income. At the end of the 
lease term, the offsetting balances of the capitalized assets, net of accumulated depreciation, and capital lease finance obligation will be 
derecognized. 

Capital lease obligations 

The Company had capital lease obligations totaling $6.0 million as of September 30, 2019. Certain of the Company’s leases for 
store locations are considered capital leases, and as such, the Company has capitalized the present value of the minimum lease payments 
under the leases for the stores and recorded related capital lease obligations. The leases that created the obligation expire or become subject 
to renewal clauses at various dates through fiscal year 2041. The Company does not record rent expense for capital lease obligations; rather, 
rent payments per the leases are recognized as a reduction of the related capital lease obligation and as interest expense. Depreciation 
expense for the related capitalized lease assets is included in store expenses in the consolidated statements of income. 

79 

  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Capital lease finance obligations for assets under construction 

The Company had $2.4 million in construction in process related to capital lease finance obligations as of September 30, 2019. 
No rent expense is recorded for these leases; rather, rental payments under the leases will be recognized as a reduction of the capital lease 
finance obligation and as interest expense. Depreciation expense for the related capitalized lease assets is included in store expenses in the 
consolidated  statements  of  income.  At  the  end  of  the  lease  term,  the  offsetting  balances  of  the  capitalized  assets,  net  of  accumulated 
depreciation, and the capital lease finance obligation will be derecognized. 

Capital lease obligations for assets under construction  

The Company had $4.6 million in construction in process related to capital lease obligations as of September 30, 2019. No rent 
expense is recorded for these leases; rather, rental payments under the leases will be recognized as a reduction of the capital lease obligation 
and  as  interest  expense.  Depreciation  expense  for  the  related  capitalized  lease  assets  is  included  in  store  expenses  in  the  consolidated 
statements of income. 

Future payments for capital lease finance obligations and capital lease obligations 

Future payments under the terms of the leases for opened stores included in capital lease finance obligations and capital lease 

obligations as of September 30, 2019 were as follows, dollars in thousands: 

Interest 
expense on 
capital lease 
finance 
obligations 

Principal 
payments on 
capital lease 
finance 
obligations 

Interest 
expense on 
capital lease 
obligations 

Principal 
payments on 
capital lease 
obligations 

Total future 
payments on 
capital lease 
finance and 
capital lease 
obligations 

2020 .................................................................    $ 
2021 .................................................................      
2022 .................................................................      
2023 .................................................................      
2024 .................................................................      
Thereafter ........................................................      
Non-cash derecognition of capital lease 

finance obligations at end of lease term .......      
Total future payments ......................................    $ 

3,871       
3,816       
3,751       
3,675       
3,578       
15,088       

569       
656       
747       
880       
1,095       
8,244       

—       
33,779       

27,367       
39,558       

605       
570       
532       
488       
439       
2,142       

—       
4,776       

333       
368       
407       
460       
515       
3,889       

—       
5,972       

5,378   
5,410   
5,437   
5,503   
5,627   
29,363   

27,367   
84,085   

Future payments under the terms of the lease for the store locations at which construction was in progress as of September 30, 

2019, based on the store’s planned opening date in the second quarter of fiscal year 2020, were as follows, dollars in thousands: 

Interest expense on 
capital lease finance 
obligations for assets 
under construction 

Principal payments on 
capital lease finance 
obligations for assets 
under construction 

Total future payments on 
capital lease finance 
obligations for 
assets under construction    
136  
187  
188  
188  
188  
2,124  

18      
26      
28      
30      
33      
756      

1,459      
2,350      

1,459  
4,470  

2020 ...............................................................    $ 
2021 ...............................................................      
2022 ...............................................................      
2023 ...............................................................      
2024 ...............................................................      
Thereafter .......................................................      
Non-cash derecognition of capital lease 

finance obligations at end of lease term .....      
Total future payments ....................................    $ 

118      
161      
160      
158      
155      
1,368      

—      
2,120      

80 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
 
 
Future payments under the terms of the lease for the store locations at which construction was in progress as of September 30, 

2019, based on the store’s opening date in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020, were as follows, dollars in thousands: 

Interest expense on 
capital lease obligations 
for assets under 
construction 

Principal payments on 
capital lease obligations 
for assets under 
construction 

Total future payments on 
capital lease obligations 
for assets under 
construction 

2020 ...............................................................    $ 
2021 ...............................................................      
2022 ...............................................................      
2023 ...............................................................      
2024 ...............................................................      
Thereafter .......................................................      
Total future payments ....................................    $ 

12. Share-Based Compensation 

237      
236      
228      
221      
213      
1,827      
2,962      

123      
132      
139      
147      
155      
3,944      
4,640      

360  
368  
367  
368  
368  
5,771  
7,602  

The Company adopted the 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended, the Plan) on July 17, 2012. Restricted stock unit awards 
granted pursuant to the Plan, if they vest, will be settled in new shares of the Company’s common stock or shares of common stock held in 
treasury. At the adoption of the Plan, there were 1,090,151 shares of common stock available for issuance or delivery under the Plan. In 
March 2019, the Company’s stockholders approved a proposal to amend the Plan to: (i) increase the number of shares of common stock 
reserved for issuance thereunder by 600,000 shares and (ii) extend its term by five years. As of September 30, 2020, 633,406 shares of 
common stock remain available for grants under the Plan. The Plan provides for awards of options, stock appreciation rights, stock grants, 
restricted stock units, other share-based awards and cash-based incentive awards to officers, members of the Board and certain employees 
who are not named executive officers and consultants. As of September 30, 2020, restricted stock units had been granted under the Plan, 
at  no  out-of-pocket  cost  to  officers,  Board  members  and  key  employees.  These  restricted  stock  units  vest  subject  to  requisite  service 
requirements, immediately in part or annually in installments over a one-to-five-year period. The award recipients are not entitled to cash 
dividends  or  to  vote  with  regard  to  non-vested  restricted  stock  units,  and  the  units  are  subject  to  forfeiture  during  the  vesting  period. 
Restricted stock units are granted at the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and are expensed on a straight-line basis 
over the vesting period. 

The shares of non-vested restricted stock units as of September 30, 2020 were as follows: 

Non-vested as of September 30, 2018 ...........................................................................     
Granted .........................................................................................................................     
Forfeited ........................................................................................................................     
Vested ...........................................................................................................................     
Non-vested as of September 30, 2019 ...........................................................................     
Granted .........................................................................................................................     
Forfeited ........................................................................................................................     
Vested ...........................................................................................................................     
Non-vested as of September 30, 2020 ...........................................................................     

Shares 

Weighted average 
grant date fair value    
10.19  
14.48  
9.06  
11.31  
10.18  
8.93  
10.53  
11.22  
9.17  

418,982     $ 
28,534       
(10,720 )     
(120,440 )     
316,356       
124,239       
(40,052 )     
(115,286 )     
285,257       

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company awarded stock grants totaling 18,080 shares of the Company’s common 

stock to 64 employees who were not named executive officers. Such shares were fully vested on the grant date. 

Share-based compensation expense for restricted stock unit awards to certain employees who are not named executive officers 
was  $0.8  million,  $0.8  million  and  $0.5  million  for  the  years  ended  September  30,  2020,  2019  and  2018,  respectively.  Share-based 
compensation expense for restricted stock unit awards to one named executive officer was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for 
the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Each independent member of the Board receives an annual grant of restricted stock units equal to $60,000 (based on the closing 
price of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant). Such grants are made each year on the date of the Company’s 
annual meeting of stockholders, or on a pro rata basis in the case of a mid-year appointment. Share-based compensation expense for the 
Company’s awards to its Board members was $0.2 million for each of the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018. 

The  Company  recorded  total  share-based  compensation  expense  before  income  taxes  of  $1.1  million,  $1.2  million  and  $0.8 
million in the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The share-based compensation expense is included in cost of 
goods sold and occupancy costs, store expenses or administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income consistent with the 
manner in which the applicable officer, Board member or key employee’s compensation expense is presented. The Company did not realize 
a tax benefit from share-based compensation expense in the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018. 

81 

  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
As  of  September  30,  2020,  there  was  $1.8  million  of  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  expense  related  to  non-vested 
restricted stock units, net of estimated forfeitures, which the Company anticipates will be recognized over a weighted average period of 
approximately three years. 

13. Stockholders’ Equity 

Share Repurchases 

In May 2016, the Board of Directors (the Board) authorized a two-year share repurchase program pursuant to which the Company 
may repurchase up to $10.0 million in shares of the Company’s common stock. The Board subsequently extended the share repurchase 
program, which will terminate on May 31, 2022. Repurchases under the Company’s share repurchase program may be made from time to 
time at management’s discretion on the open market or through privately negotiated transactions compliant with Rule 10b-18 under the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements and other 
relevant factors. Repurchases of common stock may also be made under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, which permits common stock to be repurchased 
when the Company might otherwise be precluded from doing so under insider trading laws. The share repurchase program does not obligate 
the  Company  to  purchase  any  particular  amount  of  common  stock  and  may  be  suspended,  modified  or  discontinued  by  the  Company 
without prior notice. 

The Company did not repurchase any shares during the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. The dollar value of the shares 

of the Company’s common stock that may yet be repurchased under the share repurchase program is $8.3 million. 

During fiscal years 2020 and 2019, the Company reissued 47,222 and 89,675 treasury shares at a cost of $0.4 million and $0.7 
million, respectively, to satisfy the issuance of common stock pursuant to the vesting of certain restricted stock unit awards and the award 
of stock grants. At September 30, 2020 the Company held no shares in treasury. At September 30, 2019, the Company held in treasury 
47,222 shares totaling $0.4 million. 

14. Related Party Transactions 

The Company has ongoing relationships with related parties as noted: 

Chalet Properties, LLC: The Company has four operating leases and one finance lease (see Note 11) with Chalet. Chalet is owned 
by the Company’s four non-independent Board members, Kemper Isely, Zephyr Isely, Heather Isely and Elizabeth Isely, and other family 
members.  Rent  paid  to  Chalet  was  $1.0  million  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020  and  $1.2  million  for  each  of  the  years  ended 
September 30, 2019 and 2018. 

Isely Family Land Trust LLC: The Company has one operating lease (see Note 11) with Land Trust. The Land Trust is owned by 
the Isely Children’s Trust and by the Margaret A. Isely Family Trust. Rent paid to the Land Trust was $0.3 million for each of the years 
ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018. 

FTVC LLC: The Company has one operating lease (see Note 11) for a store location with FTVC LLC, which is owned by the 
Company’s four non-independent Board members and other related family members. Rent paid to FTVC LLC was less than $0.1 million 
for each of the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018. 

82 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
15. Income Taxes 

The following are the components of the provision for income taxes as of September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, 

dollars in thousands: 

2020 

Year ended September 30, 
2019 

2018 

Current federal income tax expense (benefit) ..............................    $ 
Current state income tax expense.................................................      
Total current income tax expense (benefit) ..................................      

Deferred federal income tax expense (benefit) ............................      
Deferred state income tax expense (benefit) ................................      
Total deferred income tax expense (benefit) ................................      

1,317       
633       
1,950       

3,157       
585       
3,742       

(1,981 )     
406        
(1,575 )     

3,760        
213        
3,973        

Total provision for income taxes (benefit from) ......................    $ 

5,692       

2,398        

3,083   
721   
3,804   

(5,760 ) 
(212 ) 
(5,972 ) 

(2,168 ) 

The differences between the United States federal statutory income tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate are as follows: 

2020 

Year ended September 30, 
2019 

2018 

Statutory tax rate ..........................................................................      
State income taxes, net of federal income tax expense ................      
Remeasurement ...........................................................................      
Enhanced food deduction .............................................................      
Deferred tax liability adjustment..................................................      
Other, net .....................................................................................      
Effective tax rate ......................................................................      

21.0 %      

4.0   
—   
(0.6 ) 
(0.3 ) 
(2.0 ) 
22.1 %      

21.0        
3.7        
—        
(1.3 )     
(0.5 )     
(2.6 )     
20.3        

24.3   
3.3   
(41.3 ) 
(1.8 ) 
(6.3 ) 
1.1   
(20.7 ) 

The  Company’s  effective  tax  rate  increased  from  20.3%  in  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019  to  22.1%  in  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2020 primarily due to a cost segregation study performed resulting in a tax benefit of approximately $0.5 million for the 
year ended September 30, 2019. The Company had a similar tax benefit as a result of the accelerated depreciation allowed under the CARES 
Act related to Qualified Improvement Property for the year ended September 30, 2020. However, due to higher pre-tax income in the year 
ended September 30, 2020, this resulted in a lower impact on the effective rate. 

Deferred taxes have been classified on the consolidated balance sheets as follows, dollars in thousands: 

Long-term assets ...........................................................................................................    $ 
Long-term liabilities .....................................................................................................      
Net deferred tax liabilities .........................................................................................    $ 

—        
(14,429 )      
(14,429 )      

—   
(10,420 ) 
(10,420 ) 

As of September 30, 

2020 

2019 

83 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
       
        
         
  
  
       
        
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
 
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are 

as follows, dollars in thousands: 

As of September 30, 

2020 

2019 

Deferred tax assets 

Capital and financing lease obligations ......................................................................    $ 
Goodwill ....................................................................................................................      
Trademarks ................................................................................................................      
Finance lease obligations ...........................................................................................      
Operating lease obligations ........................................................................................      
Leasehold incentives ..................................................................................................      
Deferred rent ..............................................................................................................      
Accrued paid time off (1) ............................................................................................      
Other (1) ......................................................................................................................      
Gross deferred tax assets ........................................................................................      

Deferred tax liabilities 

Property and equipment .............................................................................................      
Finance lease assets ...................................................................................................      
Operating lease assets ................................................................................................      
Leasehold improvements ...........................................................................................      
Subleases ...................................................................................................................      
Other ..........................................................................................................................      
Gross deferred tax liabilities ..................................................................................      
Net deferred tax liabilities ......................................................................................    $ 

—        
475        
623        
10,453        
87,947        
—        
—        
771        
821        
101,090        

(19,929 )     
(9,855 )     
(83,508 )     
(1,900 )     
(99 )     
(228 )     
(115,519 )     
(14,429 )     

12,951   
724   
662   
—   
—   
1,963   
2,809   
612   
574   
20,295   

(28,380 ) 
—   
—   
(2,088 ) 
(203 ) 
(44 ) 
(30,715 ) 
(10,420 ) 

(1)Certain prior year amounts have been combined for consistency with current year presentation. 

The Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will fully realize all deferred tax assets in the form of future deductions 

based on the nature of the deductible temporary differences and expected future taxable income. 

The  Company  utilized  approximately  $0.2  million  in  tax  effected  federal  income  tax  carryforwards  and  approximately  $0.4 
million in federal tax credit carryforwards in the year ended September 30, 2020. The Company did not utilize any federal income tax 
carryforwards or federal tax credit carryforwards in the year ended September 30, 2019. The Company utilized less than $0.1 million in 
tax effected state income tax carryforwards in the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. 

The Company did not have any uncertain tax positions as of September 30, 2020 and 2019. 

The Company files income tax returns with federal, state and local tax authorities. With limited exceptions, the Company is no 
longer subject to federal income tax examinations for fiscal years 2015 and prior and is no longer subject to state and local income tax 
examinations for fiscal years 2013 and prior due to amending its federal and state returns for the year ended September 30, 2018. 

16. Defined Contribution Plan 

The Company has a defined contribution retirement plan (the Retirement Plan) covering substantially all employees who meet 
certain eligibility requirements as to age and length of service. The Retirement Plan incorporates the salary deferral provisions of Section 
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). Employees may defer up to the annual maximum limit prescribed 
by the Code. The Company, on a discretionary basis, may match up to 25% of participant contributions up to a maximum annual employer 
match of $2,500. During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company accrued $0.9 million for matching contributions to be paid out 
after the plan year ending December 31, 2020. In January 2020, the Company funded matching contributions of $0.9 million to participants’ 
accounts for the plan year ended December 31, 2019. 

84 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
       
         
  
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
17. Segment Reporting 

The Company has one reporting segment, natural and organic retail stores. The Company’s revenue is derived from the sale of natural and 
organic products at its stores. All existing operations are domestic. 

18. Commitments and Contingencies 

Self-Insurance 

The  Company  is  self-insured  for  certain  losses  relating  to  employee  medical  and  dental  benefits  and  workers  compensation, 
subject to a stop loss policy. The self-insurance liability related to claims under the Company’s health benefit plans is determined based on 
analysis of actual claims. The amounts related to these claims are included as a component of payroll and employee-related expenses in 
accrued expenses. Liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by the Company are estimated, in part, by considering historical 
claims experience, demographic factors and other actuarial assumptions. While the Company believes that its assumptions are appropriate, 
the  estimated  accrual  for  these  liabilities  could  be  significantly  affected  if  future  occurrences  and  claims  materially  differ  from  these 
assumptions and historical trends. 

Legal 

The Company is periodically involved in various legal proceedings that are incidental to the conduct of its business, including 
but not limited to employment discrimination claims, customer injury claims and investigations. When the potential liability from a matter 
can be estimated and the loss is considered probable, the Company records the estimated loss. Due to uncertainties related to the resolution 
of lawsuits, investigations and claims, the ultimate outcome may differ from the estimates. Although the Company cannot predict with 
certainty the ultimate resolution of any lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against it, management does not believe any currently 
pending legal proceeding to which the Company is a party will have a material adverse effect on its business, prospects, financial condition, 
cash flows or results of operations. 

19. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

The summarized unaudited quarterly financial data presented below reflect all adjustments, which in the opinion of management 

are of a normal and recurring nature, necessary to present fairly the results of operations for the periods presented. 

Summarized unaudited quarterly financial data for each fiscal year is as follows, dollars in thousands, except per share data: 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2020 

Three months ended 

December 31, 
2019 

March 31, 
2020 

June 30, 
2020 

September 30, 
2020 

Net sales ...........................................................................     $ 
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs ..........................       
Gross profit ..............................................................       
Store expenses ..................................................................       
Administrative expenses ..................................................       
Pre-opening and relocation expenses ...............................       
Operating income .....................................................       
Interest expense, net .........................................................       
Income before income taxes .....................................       
Provision for income taxes ...............................................       
Net income ...............................................................     $ 

230,030        
169,506        
60,524        
51,427        
5,819        
430        
2,848        
(536)      
2,312        
(444)      
1,868        

277,524        
199,701        
77,823        
56,878        
7,038        
650        
13,257        
(516)      
12,741        
(3,023)      
9,718        

265,110         
192,729         
72,381         
58,577         
6,818         
300         
6,686         
(505 )      
6,181         
(1,490 )      
4,691         

Basic earnings per share ...................................................     $ 
Diluted earnings per share ................................................     $ 

0.08        
0.08        

0.43        
0.43        

0.21         
0.21         

264,178  
191,765  
72,413  
60,187  
7,105  
163  
4,958  
(491) 
4,467  
(735) 
3,732  

0.17  
0.16  

85 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
        
           
           
           
  
  
  
  
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2019 

Three months ended 

December 31, 
2018 

March 31, 
2019 

June 30, 
2019 

September 30, 
2019 

Net sales ...........................................................................     $ 
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs ..........................       
Gross profit ..............................................................       
Store expenses ..................................................................       
Administrative expenses ..................................................       
Pre-opening and relocation expenses ...............................       
Operating income .....................................................       
Interest expense, net .........................................................       
Income before income taxes .....................................       
Provision for income taxes ...............................................       
Net income ...............................................................     $ 

221,515        
162,369        
59,146        
49,123        
5,315        
672        
4,036        
(1,255)      
2,781        
(584)      
2,197        

230,447        
168,233        
62,214        
50,175        
5,761        
157        
6,121        
(1,280)      
4,841        
(981)      
3,860        

224,411         
165,986         
58,425         
48,424         
5,953         
213         
3,835         
(1,256 )      
2,579         
(581 )      
1,998         

Basic earnings per share ...................................................     $ 
Diluted earnings per share ................................................     $ 

0.10        
0.10        

0.17        
0.17        

0.09         
0.09         

227,209  
168,241  
58,968  
50,070  
5,808  
316  
2,774  
(1,161) 
1,613  
(252) 
1,361  

0.06  
0.06  

20. Subsequent Events 

On November 18, 2020, the Board approved a special cash dividend of $2.00 per share and a regular cash dividend of $0.07 per 

share, which will be paid on December 16, 2020 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 30, 2020. 

On November 18, 2020, the Company entered into the Fourth Amendment to the Credit Facility (the Fourth Amendment) to 
effect a term loan facility maturing on November 13, 2024, which was undrawn as of the date of this report. The Company expects to draw 
$35.0 million of Term Loan Facility borrowings prior to December 16, 2020 to fund a portion of the special cash dividend approved by the 
Board on November 18, 2020. The Fourth Amendment also permits the Company to make a one-time dividend payment of up to $50.0 
million no later than December 31, 2020. 

86 

  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
        
           
           
           
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 

None. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. 

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 
13a-15(f)  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
GAAP. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: 

● 

● 

● 

pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  a  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  dispositions  of  our
transactions and assets; 

provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation of  consolidated financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being
made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and 

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our
assets that could have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

We have assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2020 using the criteria 
described  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission.  Based  on  our  assessment  of  the  design  and  related  testing  of  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  management 
concluded that, as of September 30, 2020, we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting. 

Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial 

reporting. KPMG LLP’s attestation report is included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

Management implemented additional internal controls over financial reporting to ensure compliance with “Topic 842”, “Leases” 
(ASU 2016-02). There were no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended September 30, 2020 
that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our  principal  executive  officers  and  principal  financial  and  accounting  officer, 
evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act as of the end of the 
period covered by this Form 10-K. The evaluation included certain internal control areas in which we have made and are continuing to 
make  changes  to  improve  and  enhance  controls.  In  designing  and  evaluating  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  management 
recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving 
the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource 
constraints and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to 
their costs. 

Based  on  that  evaluation,  our  principal  executive  officers  and  principal  financial  and  accounting  officer  concluded  that  our 

disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of September 30, 2020. 

Item 9B. Other Information. 

None. 

87 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 

PART III 

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  information  provided  under  the  headings 
“Executive  Officers  and  Directors,”  “Corporate  Governance”  and  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”  in  our 
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of 
September  30,  2020  (the  2021  Proxy  Statement).  We  have  adopted  a  Code  of  Ethics  that  establishes  the  standards  of  ethical  conduct 
applicable to all of our directors, officers, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers, employees, consultants and 
contractors. Our Code of Ethics is publicly available on our website at www.naturalgrocers.com and we will post any amendments to, or 
waivers from, a provision of this Code of Ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address specified above. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation. 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the 2021 Proxy Statement under 

the headings “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation.” 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. 

The information required by this item concerning securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans and security 
ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to the information in the 2021 Proxy Statement under 
the  headings  “Securities  Authorized  for  Issuance  Under  Equity  Compensation  Plans”  and  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial 
Owners and Management.” 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 

The information required by this item concerning transactions with related persons and director independence is incorporated by 
reference to the information in the 2021 Proxy Statement under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and 
“Corporate Governance.” 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services. 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information in the 2021 Proxy Statement under the 

heading “Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Principal Accounting Fees and Services.” 

88 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.  

PART IV 

1. 
2. 

Financial Statements: See Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 
Financial Statement Schedules: Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein 
is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes herein. 

3.  Exhibits: 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Exhibit 
Number    
3.1 
3.2 
4.1 
4.2 
4.3 
4.4 
4.5 

Description 

  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation 
  Amended and Restated Bylaws 
  Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 
  Specimen Common Stock Certificate 
  Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Unit Award 
  Form of Registration Rights Agreement 
Form of Notice of Stock Grant Award 

Form 
  Form S-1 
  Form S-1 

Exhibit 
Number 

   File No. 
  333-182186    3.1 
  333-182186    3.2 

  Form S-1 
  Form S-8 
  Form S-1 

Form 10-K 

  333-182186    4.2 
  333-182886    4.2 
  333-182186    4.3 
4.5 

001-35608 

4.6 

Description of Capital Stock 

Form 10-K 

001-35608 

4.6 

Form 10-Q 

001-35608 

10.1 

   Filing Date 
  July 5, 2012 
  July 5, 2012 

  July 20, 2012 
  July 27, 2012 
  July 5, 2012 
December 5, 
2019 
December 5, 
2019 
January 29, 
2015 

10.1 

10.2 
10.3 

10.4 
10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement 
by and between Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, 
Inc., Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. and 
Sandra M. Buffa, dated June 26, 2012* 

  Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan* 

Summary of Compensation Arrangements for Non-
Employee Directors* 

  Form of Indemnification Agreement* 

Shopping Center Lease by and between Chalet 
Properties, LLC and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food 
Markets, Inc., dated January 1, 2010 
Ground lease by and between 3801 East Second Avenue, 
LLC and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., 
dated March 1, 2001 
Commercial Lease by and between Chalet Properties, 
LLC and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., 
dated June 1, 2006 
Sublease by and between Chalet Properties, LLC and 
Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated June 
1, 2006 
Lease by and between Chalet Properties, LLC and 
Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated 
September 1, 2011 
Lease by and between Chalet Properties, LLC and 
Boulder Vitamin Cottage Group, LLC, dated July 1, 2011   
Lease by and between Isely Family Land Trust, LLC and 
Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated 
February 29, 2012 
Lease by and between Chalet Properties, Austin, LLC 
and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated 
February 29, 2012 
Building Lease by and between Chalet Properties, LLC 
and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated 
December 8, 2010 
Distribution Agreement between United Natural Foods, 
Inc. and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., 
dated May 20, 2008# 

  Form S-1 
Form S-1 

  333-182186    10.16 
10.17 

333-182186 

  July 5, 2012 

June 29, 2012 

  Form S-1 
Form S-1 

  333-182186    10.18 
10.19 

333-182186 

  June 29, 2012 
June 29, 2012 

Form S-1 

333-182186 

10.20 

June 29, 2012 

Form S-1 

333-182186 

10.21 

June 29, 2012 

Form S-1 

333-182186 

10.22 

June 29, 2012 

Form S-1 

333-182186 

10.23 

June 29, 2012 

Form S-1 

333-182186 

10.24 

June 29, 2012 

Form S-1 

333-182186 

10.25 

June 29, 2012 

Form S-1 

333-182186 

10.26 

June 29, 2012 

Form S-1 

333-182186 

10.27 

June 29, 2012 

Form S-1 

333-182186 

10.28 

June 29, 2012 

89 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

Addendum A to Distribution Agreement between United 
Natural Foods, Inc. and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food 
Markets, Inc., dated February 27, 2009# 
Agreement Addendum to Distribution Agreement 
between United Natural Foods, Inc. and Vitamin Cottage 
Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated March 10, 2012# 
Third Amendment to Distribution Agreement between 
United Natural Foods, Inc. and Vitamin Cottage Natural 
Food Markets, Inc., dated June 3, 2012# 
Form of Stockholders Agreement, by, between and 
among Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. and the 
stockholders to be named therein 
Credit Agreement dated as of January 28, 2016 by and 
among Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., the 
Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders Party thereto and 
Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C 
Issuer 
Security and Pledge Agreement dated as of January 28, 
2016 by and among Vitamin Cottage Natural Food 
Markets, Inc., Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc., 
Vitamin Cottage Two Ltd. Liability Company, the other 
Obligors thereunder and Bank of America, N.A. 
Customer Distribution Agreement by and among United 
Natural Foods, Inc., Tony’s Fine Foods, Albert’s 
Organics and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, 
Inc. dated as of June 21, 2016# 
First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 
10, 2016, by and among Vitamin Cottage Natural Food 
Markets, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders 
Party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer 
Incentive Compensation Program* 

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of 
September 6, 2018, by and among Vitamin Cottage 
Natural Food Markets, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, 
the Lenders Party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender    
Autoborrow Agreement dated as of September 6, 2018, 
by and between Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, 
Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. 
Employment offer letter to Todd Dissinger dated 
December 5, 2017 
Notice of Grant of Stock Unit Award to Todd Dissinger 
dated January 2, 2018 
Amendment dated as of May 25, 2018 to Customer 
Distribution Agreement dated as of June 21, 2016 by and 
among United Natural Foods, Inc., Tony’s Fine Foods, 
Albert’s Organics and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food 
Markets, Inc.# 
Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. 2012 Omnibus 
Incentive Plan, as amended* 
First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 31, 2019 by 
and between Chalet Properties, Austin, LLC and Vitamin 
Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc. 
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of 
November 13, 2019, by and among Vitamin Cottage 
Natural Food Markets, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, 
the Lenders Party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender    

Form S-1 

333-182186 

10.29 

June 29, 2012 

Form S-1 

333-182186 

10.30 

June 29, 2012 

Form S-1 

333-182186 

10.31 

June 29, 2012 

Form S-1 

333-182186 

10.32 

July 12, 2012 

Form 10-Q 

001-35608 

10.39 

Form 10-Q 

001-35608 

10.40 

January 28, 
2016 

January 28, 
2016 

Form 10-Q 

001-35608 

10.41 

July 28, 2016 

Form 10-Q 

001-35608 

10.42 

July 28, 2016 

Form 10-Q 

001-35608 

10.43 

Form 10-K 

001-35608 

10.44 

Form 10-K 

001-35608 

10.45 

Form 10-Q 

001-35608 

10.46 

Form 10-Q 

001-35608 

10.47 

Form 10-Q 

001-35608 

10.48 

February 2, 
2017 
December 7, 
2018 

December 7, 
2018 

February 1, 
2018 
February 1, 
2018 
August 2, 2018 

Form 8-K 

001-35608 

10.49 

March 8, 2019 

Form 10-Q 

001-35608 

10.50 

August 1, 2019 

Form 10-K 

001-35608 

10.51 

December 5, 
2019 

90 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
10.32 

14 

Amended and Restated Lease, dated August 3, 2020, 
between Chalet Properties of Pueblo, LLC and Vitamin 
Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc. 
Code of Ethics 

Form 10-K 

001-35608 

14 

Form 10-Q 

001-35608 

10.1 

August 6, 2020 

21.1 

List of subsidiaries 

Form 10-K 

001-35608 

21.1 

December 13, 
2012 
December 13, 
2012 

23.1 
31.1 

31.2 

31.3 

32.1 

101 

  Consent of KPMG LLP 

Certification of Kemper Isely, a Principal Executive 
Officer Required Under Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 
Certification of Zephyr Isely, a Principal Executive 
Officer Required Under Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 
Certification of Todd Dissinger, Principal Financial 
Officer Required Under Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 
Certification of Principal Executive Officers and 
Principal Financial Officer Required Under 18 U.S.C. 
§1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002† 

  — 
— 

— 

— 

— 

  — 
— 

— 

— 

— 

  — 
— 

— 

— 

— 

  — 
— 

— 

— 

— 

The following materials from Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended September 30, 2020, formatted in Inline XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated 
Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (iv) Consolidated 
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

104 

  Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101). 

*Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement 

# Confidential portions have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. 

† The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are not deemed filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. under 
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this 
Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing. 

91 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on December 10, 2020. 

SIGNATURES 

Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. 

By: 

/s/ KEMPER ISELY 
Kemper Isely, 
Its Co-President 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 

in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Name 

Title 

Date 

/s/ KEMPER ISELY 
Kemper Isely 

   (Principal Executive Officer, Co-President, 
   Director) 

December 10, 2020

/s/ ZEPHYR ISELY 
Zephyr Isely 

   (Principal Executive Officer, Co-President, 
   Director) 

December 10, 2020

/s/ TODD DISSINGER 
Todd Dissinger 

   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, 
   Chief Financial Officer) 

December 10, 2020

/s/ ELIZABETH ISELY 
Elizabeth Isely 

/s/ HEATHER ISELY 
Heather Isely 

   Director 

   Director 

/s/ EDWARD CERKOVNIK 
Edward Cerkovnik 

   Director 

/s/ RICHARD HALLÉ 
Richard Hallé 

/s/ DAVID ROONEY 
David Rooney 

   Director 

   Director 

December 10, 2020

December 10, 2020

December 10, 2020

December 10, 2020

December 10, 2020

92 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
This page intentionally left blank

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

KEMPER ISELY  Chairman of the Board

HEATHER ISELY  Corporate Secretary 

  Chair of the Compensation Committee

DAVID ROONEY   Chair of the Audit Committee

 EDWARD CERKOVNIK

RICHARD HALLÉ

ELIZABETH ISELY

ZEPHYR ISELY

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

KEMPER ISELY  Co-President

ZEPHYR ISELY  Co-President

ELIZABETH ISELY  Executive Vice President

HEATHER ISELY  Executive Vice President

TODD DISSINGER  Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ORDERING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A copy of our 2020 Annual Report and Form 10-K may be obtained  
by written, phone or email requests to:
Mail: 

Investor Relations
Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.
12612 West Alameda Parkway
Lakewood, Colorado 80228

Email: IR@NaturalGrocers.com
Phone: 303-986-4600

VIRTUAL ANNUAL MEETING

March 3, 2021
1:00 pm Mountain Time 
The 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held virtually and a live webcast will be 
available via the Internet at: 
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/NGVC2021

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Information about stock certificates, address changes, ownership transfers or other stock 
matters can be obtained from American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC via:
Mail:  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

6201 15th Avenue,
Brooklyn, NY 11219

Email:  help@astfinancial.com 
Phone:  1-800-937-5449
Hearing Impaired (TTY): 1-866-703-9077 or 718-921-8386
Web:  www.ASTfinancial.com

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

KPMG LLP

TRADING INFORMATION

The common stock of Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.  
is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (symbol: NGVC).

 
 
 
 
 
 
Austin, TX

HIGHEST QUALITY STANDARDS

NUTRITION EDUCATION

ALWAYS AFFORDABLE PRICING